2015 Nissan Murano | Owner's Manual

®

2015 MURANOOWNER’S MANUAL

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

2015 N

ISS

AN

MU

RA

NO

Z5

2-D

Z52-D

Printing : April 2015 (03)

Publication No.: OM0E 0L32U2

Printed in U.S.A.

TOOUM-1SX6D

OM15EA 0Z52U2

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilome-ters) of driving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The “NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide” explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, and clarify yourrights under your state’s lemon law.

A NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have any ques-tions, they will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to them.

In addition to factory-installed options, your ve-hicle may also be equipped with additional ac-cessories installed by NISSAN or by a NISSANdealer prior to delivery. It is important that youfamiliarize yourself with all disclosures, warnings,cautions and instructions concerning proper use

of such accessories prior to operating the vehicleand/or accessory. See a NISSAN dealer for de-tails concerning the particular accessories withwhich your vehicle is equipped.

Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure famil-iarity with controls and maintenance require-ments, assisting you in the safe operation of yourvehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE-MINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

● NEVER drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.

● ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

● ALWAYS give your full attention to drivingand avoid using vehicle features or takingother actions that could distract you.

● ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Pre-teenchildren should be seated in the rear seat.

● ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

● ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

For descriptions specified for all-wheel drivemodels, an AWD mark is placed at the beginningof the applicable sections/items.

As with other vehicles with features foroff-road use, failure to operate all-wheeldrive models correctly may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident. Be sure to read“Driving safety precautions” in the “Start-ing and driving” section of this manual.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIV-ING

This vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity for off-road use. As with othervehicles with features of this type, fail-ure to operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control or an accident.

For additional information, refer to “On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions,” “Avoiding collision androllover” and “Driving safety precau-tions” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect itsperformance, safety or durability and mayeven violate governmental regulations. Inaddition, damage or performance prob-lems resulting from modifications maynot be covered under NISSAN warranties.

This manual includes information for all featuresand equipment available on this model. Featuresand equipment in your vehicle may vary depend-ing on model, trim level, options selected, order,date of production, region or availability. There-fore, you may find information about features orequipment that are not included or installed onyour vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time of print-ing. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifi-cations, performance, design or component sup-pliers without notice and without obligation. Fromtime to time, NISSAN may update or revise thismanual to provide Owners with the most accurateinformation currently available. Please carefullyread and retain with this manual all revision up-dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you haveaccess to accurate and up-to-date information re-garding your vehicle. Current versions of vehicleOwner’s Manuals and any updates can also befound in the Owner section of the NISSAN websiteat https://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you have ques-tions concerning any information in your Owner’sManual, contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs. Seethe NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMpage in this Owner’s Manual for contact informa-tion.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moder-ate personal injury or damage to your ve-hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro-cedures must be followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this”or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra-tion, it means the arrow points to the front of thevehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to theseindicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thesecall attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,and certain vehicle components contain oremit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth de-fects or other reproductive harm. In addi-tion, certain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of component wearcontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORY

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batter-ies, may contain perchlorate material. Thefollowing advisory is provided: “PerchlorateMaterial – special handling may apply, Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”.

APD1005

BLUETOOTH® is atrademark owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc.and licensed toVisteon.

SiriusXM® servicesrequire a subscriptionafter trial period andare sold separately oras a package. Thesatellite service isavailable only in the48 contiguous USAand DC. SiriusXMsatellite service isalso available inCanada; seewww.siriusxm.ca. © 2015 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in a retrievalsystem, or transmitted in any form, or by anymeans, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,recording or otherwise, without the prior writtenpermission of Nissan North America, Inc.

NISSAN CARES . . .

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that your NISSANdealer cannot assist you with or you would like toprovide NISSAN directly with comments orquestions, please contact the NISSAN Con-sumer Affairs Department using our toll-freenumber:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for thefollowing information:

– Your name, address, and telephone number

– Vehicle identification number (attached to thetop of the instrument panel on the driver’sside)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading

– Your NISSAN dealer’s name

– Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

0 Illustrated table of contents

Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P. 1-46)

2. Occupant classification sensor(weight sensor) (P. 1-46)

3. Seat belts (P. 1-13)4. Head restraints/headrests (P. 1-10)5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag (P. 1-46)6. Rear seat center seat belt (located on

ceiling) (P. 1-13)7. Rear seat outboard seat top tether

strap anchor (located on bottom ofseatback) (P. 1-25)

8. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system (P. 1-25)

9. Folding rear bench seat (P. 1-2)10. Front seat-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag (P. 1-46)11. Seat belt with pretensioner (P. 1-46)12. Seats (P. 1-2)13. Driver supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-46)Refer to the page number indicated in pa-rentheses for operating details.

LII2269

AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Front view camera (if so equipped)(P. 4-12)

2. Engine hood (P. 3-22)3. Windshield wiper and washer switch,

wiper blades (P. 2-27, 8-19)4. Windshield (P. 8-19)5. Rearview mirror (P. 3-32)6. Power windows (P. 2-45)7. Door locks, NISSAN Intelligent Key®,

keys (P. 3-4, 3-2)8. Mirrors (P. 3-32)9. Side view camera (if so equipped)

(P. 4-12)10. Tire pressure (P. 8-29)11. Flat tire (P. 6-3)12. Tire chains (P. 8-36)13. Fog light switch (if so equipped)

(P. 2-30)14. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-27)15. Headlight and turn signal switch

(P. 2-30)Refer to the page number indicated in pa-rentheses for operating details.

LII2225

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Antenna (P. 4-29)2. Rear window wiper and washer switch

(P. 2-29)3. Liftgate release (P. 3-22)4. Rearview camera (P. 4-2)5. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-27)6. Fuel-filler door (P. 3-27)7. Fuel-filler cap, fuel recommendation

(P. 3-27, P. 9-2 )8. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-4)Refer to the page number indicated in pa-rentheses for operating details.

LII2222

EXTERIOR REAR


1. Glove box (P. 2-40)2. Console box (P. 2-40)3. Map lights (P. 2-51)4. Power moonroof (if so equipped)

(P. 2-48)5. Luggage hooks (P. 2-40)6. Center armrest (rear seats) (P. 1-2)7. Sun visors (P. 3-31)8. Seats (P. 1-2)9. Cup holders (P. 2-40)

Refer to the page number indicated in pa-rentheses for operating details.

LII2223

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


1. Vent (P. 4-25)2. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/turn

signal switch (P. 2-30)3. Supplemental front-impact air bag

(P. 1-46)4. Meters, gauges, warning/indicator

lights and Vehicle Information Display(P. 2-3, P. 2-7, P. 2-14)

5. Windshield wiper/washer switch andrear window wiper/washer switch(P. 2-27)

6. Vent (P. 4-25)7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)8. Radio (P. 4-38)9. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 2-25)10. Vent (P. 4-25)11. Glove box (P. 2-43)12. Front passenger air bag warning status

light (P. 1-46)13. Power outlet (P. 2-39)14. Heater and air conditioning controls

(P. 4-26)15. Shift lever (P. 5-16)16. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-10)

LIC2999

INSTRUMENT PANEL


17. Cruise control main/Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) (if so equipped) setswitches (P. 5-33)

18. Driver supplemental knee air bag(P. 1-46)

19. Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System/Audio control switches (P. 4-29)

20. Hood release (P. 3-22)/Fuel doorrelease (P. 3-27)

21. Fuse box (P. 8-22)22. Power liftgate main switch

(if so equipped) (P. 3-23)Heated steering wheel switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-34)Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P. 2-38)

23. Instrument brightness control(P. 2-30)/Twin trip odometer resetswitch (P. 2-3)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped).



VQ35DE engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-7)2. Drive belt location (P. 8-17)3. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-9)4. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-9)5. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-14)6. Air cleaner (P. 8-18)7. Fuse box (P. 8-22)8. Fuse box/Fusible links (P. 8-22)9. Battery (P. 8-15)10. Radiator cap (P. 8-7)11. Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-13)12. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-14)Engine cover removed for clarity.


LDI2633

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Warninglight

Name Page

or

Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warn-ing light

2-8

or

Brake warning light 2-8

Charge warninglight

2-8

Engine oil pressurewarning light

2-8

Forward EmergencyBraking systemwarning light (if soequipped)

2-9

Low tire pressurewarning light

2-9

Warninglight

Name Page

Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight

2-11

Master warning light 2-11

Power steeringwarning light

2-11

Seat belt warninglight and chime

2-11

Supplemental airbag warning light

2-12

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Front fog light indi-cator light (if soequipped)

2-12

Front passenger airbag status light

2-12

Indicatorlight

Name Page

High beam indicatorlight (blue)

2-12

Malfunction Indica-tor Light (MIL)

2-12

Security indicatorlight

2-13

Side light and head-light indicator light(green)

2-13

Slip indicator light 2-13

Turn signal/hazardindicator lights

2-13

Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) offindicator light

2-14

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS


MEMO


1 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front manual seat adjustment(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Front power seat adjustment(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Rear bench seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Flexible seating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

Infants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27Rear-facing child restraint installation usingLATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30Rear-facing child restraint installation usingthe seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-65Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-66

WARNING

● Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

● For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat with both feet on the floor andadjust the seat properly. For additionalinformation, refer to “Precautions onseat belt usage” in this section.

● After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.

● Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require assistance ofothers alone in your vehicle. Petsshould also not be left alone. Theycould accidentally injure themselves orothers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.

● Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation. The seat may movesuddenly and could cause loss of con-trol of the vehicle.

● The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort. Seatbelts are most effective when the pas-senger sits well back and straight up inthe seat. If the seatback is reclined, therisk of sliding under the lap belt andbeing injured is increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damage.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENT (if so equipped)Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manually. Foradditional information about adjusting the seats,refer to the steps outlined in this section.

Forward and backwardPull the center of the bar up and hold it while youslide the seat forward or backward to the desiredposition. Release the bar to lock the seat inposition.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull the lever up and leanback. To bring the seatback forward, pull the leverup and lean your body forward. Release the leverto lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. For additional information, refer to “Pre-cautions on seat belt usage” in this section. Also,the seatback can be reclined to allow occupantsto rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in the P (Park) position.

LRS2160 LRS2161

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Seat lifter (driver’s seat)Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjustthe seat height until the desired position isachieved.

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT(if so equipped)

Operating tips

● The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 secondsthen reactivate the switch.

● Do not operate the power seat switch for along period of time when the engine is off.This will discharge the battery.

Forward and backward

Moving the switch forward or backward will slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition.

Reclining

Move the recline switch backward until the de-sired angle is obtained. To bring the seatbackforward again, move the switch forward andmove your body forward. The seatback will moveforward.

LRS2202 LRS2130


The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. For additional information, refer to “Pre-cautions on seat belt usage” in this section. Also,the seatback can be reclined to allow occupantsto rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in P (Park).

Seat lifter (driver’s seat)Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle and height of the seatcushion.

Lumbar support (driver’s seat)The lumbar support feature provides adjustablelower back support to the driver. Push the front orback end of the switch to adjust the seat lumbararea.

LRS2636 LRS2270


REAR BENCH SEAT ADJUSTMENTReclining

Pull the reclining strap �A and position the seat-back at the desired angle. Release the recliningstrap after positioning the seat at the desiredangle.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes to helpobtain proper seat belt fit. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Precautions on the seat belt usage”in this section. The seatback may also be reclinedto allow occupants to rest when the vehicle isparked.

WARNING

● After adjustment, check to be sure theseat is securely locked.


● For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat with both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly. For addi-tional information, refer to “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” in this section.

Outboard seatsLRS2570 LRS2635


ARMRESTS

The rear bench center armrest is locked in the upposition. To lower the armrest, pull the armrestdown.

To return the armrest to the up position, push upon the armrest until it is in the full up position.

FLEXIBLE SEATING

WARNING

● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seats when they arein the fold-down position. In a collision,people riding in these areas withoutproper restraints are more likely to beseriously injured or killed.

● Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not equipped withseats and seat belts. Be sure everyonein your vehicle is in a seat and using aseat belt properly.

● Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

● Do not fold down the rear seats whenoccupants are in the rear seat area orany luggage is on the rear seats.

– Make sure that the seat path is clearbefore moving the seat.

– Be careful not to allow hands or feetto get caught or pinched in the seat.

● Head restraints/headrests should beadjusted properly as they may providesignificant protection against injury inan accident. Always replace and adjustthem properly if they have been re-moved for any reason.

● If the head restraints/headrests are re-moved for any reason, they should besecurely stored to prevent them fromcausing injury to passengers or damageto the vehicle in case of sudden brakingor an accident.

● When returning rear row seatbacks tothe upright position, either by manualoperation or power operation (if soequipped), the operator should alwaysverify that the back is locked in theupright position by gently rocking theseatback before allowing passengersto occupy the rear seats. If they are notcompletely secured, passengers may beinjured in an accident or sudden stop.

● Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seatbacks.In a sudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

LRS2588


Folding the rear bench seatBefore folding the rear seats:

● Disconnect and secure the center seat beltand tongue into the retractor base. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Stowing therear center seat belt” in this section.

● Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hookson the side wall. For additional information,refer to “Seat belt hooks” in this section.

● Remove drink containers from the rear cupholder.

To fold down the seatbacks:

1. Pull the strap on the rear seat.

or

2. Pull the lever beside the cargo area and foldthe seatback.

To return the seatbacks:

Manual operation:

1. Lift up each seatback and push it to theupright position until it is latched.

2. Always reconnect the center seat belt whenthe seat is returned to the upright position.

LRS2589 LRS2590 LRS2591


�A Instrument panel switch

�B Cargo area switch

Power operation (if so equipped):

1. Push and hold the corresponding switchlocated on the lower side of the instrumentpanel or the right or left side in the cargoarea.

A beep sounds once and the seatback will bereturned automatically.

A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fullyreturned to the seating position.

If the control unit detects any obstacle or mal-functions while in the power operation, a beepsounds for 4 seconds and the seatback will re-turn to the folded position automatically. Check ifthere are any obstacles caught that prevent seatsfrom returning to the folded position. See aNISSAN dealer if the beep still sounds.

CAUTION

When operating the rear power seatbackreturn, make sure that the vehicle isstopped and the transmission is in the P(Park) position.

WARNING

● When returning the seatbacks, be sureto attach the rear center seat beltconnector.

● Do not unfasten the rear center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the rear seat.

● When attaching the rear center seat beltconnector, be certain that the seat-backs are completely secured in thelatched position and the rear centerseat belt connector is completelysecured.

● If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured inthe correct position, serious personalinjury may result in an accident or sud-den stop.

LRS2659


WARNING

Head restraints/headrests supplementthe other vehicle safety systems. They mayprovide additional protection against in-jury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust-able head restraints/headrests must beadjusted properly, as specified in this sec-tion. Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat. Do not attach anythingto the head restraint/headrest stalks orremove the head restraint/headrest. Donot use the seat if the headrestraint/headrest has been removed. Ifthe head restraint/headrest was removed,reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position. Failure to fol-low these instructions can reduce the ef-fectiveness of the headrestraints/headrests. This may increasethe risk of serious injury or death in acollision.

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints/headrests.

� Indicates the seating position is equipped witha head restraint.

� Indicates the seating position is equipped witha headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is not equippedwith a head restraint or headrest (if applicable).

● Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be integrated,adjustable or non-adjustable.

● Adjustable head restraints/headrests havemultiple notches along the stalk(s) to lockthem in a desired adjustment position.

● Proper Adjustment:

– For the adjustable type, align the headrestraint/headrest so the center of yourear is approximately level with the centerof the head restraint/headrest.

– If your ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

● If the head restraint/headrest has been re-moved, ensure that it is reinstalled andlocked in place before riding in that desig-nated seating position.

LRS2403

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

REMOVE

Use the following procedure to remove the headrestraint/headrest:

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to thehighest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrest fromthe seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly ina secure place so it is not loose in thevehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupant usesthe seating position.

LRS2300 LRS2302


INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks with

the holes in the seat. Make sure that thehead restraint/headrest is facing the correctdirection. The stalk with the notch (notches)�1 must be installed in the hole with the lockknob �2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrestbefore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion.

ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the centeris level with the center of your ears. If your earposition is still higher than the recommendedalignment, place the head restraint/headrest atthe highest position.

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it up.

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is posi-tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notchbefore riding in that designated seating position.

LRS2303 WRS0134 LRS2305


LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is posi-tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notchbefore riding in that designated seating position.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properly ad-justed and you are sitting upright and well back inyour seat with both feet on the floor, your chancesof being injured or killed in a collision and/or theseverity of injury may be greatly reduced.NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time you drive,even if your seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories specify that seat belts be worn atall times when a vehicle is being driven.

LRS2306 SSS0136

SEAT BELTS


WARNING

● Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be in the rearseats and in an appropriate restraint.

WARNING

● The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in an acci-dent. Serious injury or death can occur ifthe seat belt is not worn properly.

SSS0134 SSS0016


WARNING

● Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never put the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck. Thebelt should be away from your face andneck, but not falling off your shoulder.

● Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries inan accident.

● Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

● Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

● Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

● Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

● If the seat belt warning light glows con-tinuously while the ignition is turnedON with all doors closed and all seatbelts fastened, it may indicate a mal-function in the system. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

● No changes should be made to the seatbelt system. For example, do not modifythe seat belt, add material, or installdevices that may change the seat beltrouting or tension. Doing so may affectthe operation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with the seatbelt system may result in serious per-sonal injury.

● Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti-vated, it cannot be reused and must bereplaced together with the retractor.See a NISSAN dealer.

● Removal and installation of preten-sioner system components should bedone by a NISSAN dealer.

● All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware, shouldbe inspected after any collision by aNISSAN dealer. NISSAN recommendsthat all seat belt assemblies in use dur-ing a collision be replaced unless thecollision was minor and the belts showno damage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not inuse during a collision should also beinspected and replaced if either dam-age or improper operation is noted.

● All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after any col-lision. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s inspection instructionsand replacement recommendations.The child restraints should be replacedif they are damaged.

SSS0014


SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT

Both the driver’s and passenger’s front seats areequipped with a seat belt warning light. Thewarning light, located on the instrument panel,will show the status of the driver and passengerseat belt.

NOTE:

The front passenger seat belt warning lightwill not light up if the seat is not occupied.

For additional information, refer to“Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders”in the “Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

PREGNANT WOMEN

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug andalways position the lap belt as low as possiblearound the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulderbelt over your shoulder and across your chest.Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your ab-dominal area. Contact your doctor for specificrecommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

NISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts. Check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

● Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes.


● For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back andupright in the seat with both feet on thefloor and adjust the seat belt properly.

● Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomestight. This can occur even if the vehicleis parked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. If the seat belt cannotbe unbuckled or is already unbuckled,release the child by cutting the seat beltwith a suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

LRS0786


Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. For additional information,

refer to “Seats” in this section.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle �A untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.

● The retractor is designed to lock dur-ing a sudden stop or on impact. Aslow pulling motion permits the seatbelt to move and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

● If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Thensmoothly pull the belt out of the re-tractor.

Manual front seat shownLRS2160

Power front seat shownLRS2593 LRS2674


3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips�B as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack �C . Be surethe shoulder belt is routed over your shoul-der and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seatingpositions three-point seat belts have two modesof operation:

● Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

● Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengers somefreedom of movement in the seat. The ELR locksthe seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidlyor during certain impacts.

The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locks theseat belt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated, the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seat belttongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR modeafter the seat belt fully retracts. For additionalinformation, refer to “Child restraints” in this sec-tion.

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALR modeshould not be activated. If it is activated, itmay cause uncomfortable seat belt ten-sion.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat the seatbacks are completely securedin the latched position. If they are notcompletely secured, passengers may beinjured in an accident or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, press the button on thebuckle �1 . The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seat beltmovement by two separate methods:

● When the seat belt is pulled quickly from theretractor

● When the vehicle slows down rapidly

LRS2675 WRS0139


To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:

● Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any questions about seat belt opera-tion, see a NISSAN dealer.

Rear center seat beltThe rear center seat belt has a connector tongue�1 and a seat belt tongue �2 . Both the connectortongue and the seat belt tongue must be securelylatched for proper seat belt operation.

WARNING

● Always fasten the connector tongueand the seat belt in the order shown.

● Always make sure both the connectortongue and the seat belt tongue aresecured when using the seat belt orinstalling a child restraint. Do not usethe seat belt or child restraint with onlythe seat belt tongue attached. Thiscould result in serious personal injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop.

LRS2529 SSS0241


Stowing the rear center seat belt

When folding down the rear seat, the rear centerseat belt can be retracted into a stowed positionas follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue �1 so that theseat belt does not retract suddenly when thetongue is released from the connectorbuckle. Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool such as a key �A intothe connector buckle.

2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractorbase first �2 .

3. Then secure the connector tongue into theretractor base �3 .

WARNING




LRS2660


Attaching the center seat belt

Always be sure the center seat belt connectortongue and connector buckle are attached. Dis-connect only when folding down the rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the connector tongue from the re-tractor base �1 .

2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retrac-tor base �2 .

3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connectorbuckle until it clicks �3 .

The center seat belt connector tongue can beattached only into the rear center seat belt con-nector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, refer to �Fastening theseat belts� in this section.

WARNING




LRS2661


Shoulder belt height adjustment (frontseats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-justed to the position best for you. For additionalinformation, refer to “Precautions on seat beltusage” in this section. To adjust, pull out theadjustment button �1 and move the shoulder beltanchor to the desired position �2 , so the beltpasses over the center of the shoulder. The beltshould be away from your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder. Release the adjustmentbutton to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi-tion.

WARNING

● After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move the shoul-der belt anchor up and down to makesure it is securely fixed in position.

● The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effec-tiveness of the entire restraint systemand increase the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.

Seat belt hooksWhen the seat belt is not in use and when foldingdown the rear seats, hook the rear seat belts onthe seat belt hooks.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap/shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender that is compatible withthe installed seat belts is available for purchase.The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)of length and is available for the:

● Driver and front passenger seating positions

LRS0242 LRS2616


See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur-chasing an extender if an extender is required.

WARNING

● Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, shouldbe used with NISSAN seat belts.

● Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

● Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured in a collision or a sud-den stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

● To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.

● If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

● Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors, work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat belt as-sembly should be replaced.

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seatbelts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Retrac-tor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat beltbecomes wrapped around a child’s neckwith the ALR mode activated, the child canbe seriously injured or killed if the seatbelt retracts and becomes tight. This canoccur even if the vehicle is parked. Un-buckle the seat belt to release the child. Ifthe seat belt cannot be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release the child bycutting the seat belt with a suitable tool(such as a knife or scissors) to release theseat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available frommany other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.

CHILD SAFETY


There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

● Rear-facing child restraints

● Forward-facing child restraints

● Booster seats

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facingchild restraints. Forward-facing child restraintsare available for children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old.Booster seats are used to help position a vehiclelap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longeruse a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protec-tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. The lapbelt may not fit over their small hip bones.In an accident, an improperly fitting seatbelt could cause serious or fatal injury.Always use appropriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territo-ries require the use of approved child restraintsfor infants and small children. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Child restraints” in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle byusing either the LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicleseat belt. For additional information, refer to“Child restraints” in this section.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (air bag system) for the front passen-ger. For additional information, refer to“Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)” inthis section.

INFANTS

Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placedin a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-mends that infants be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child restraint

that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation and use.

SMALL CHILDREN

Children that are over 1 year old and weigh atleast 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facingchild restraint as long as possible up to the heightor weight limit of the child restraint. Children whooutgrow the height or weight limit of the rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing child re-straint with a harness. Refer to the manufactur-er’s instructions for minimum and maximumweight and height recommendations. NISSANrecommends that small children be placed inchild restraints that comply with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve-hicle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness until they reach the maxi-mum height or weight limit allowed by the childrestraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weight limitof the harness-equipped forward-facing child re-straint, NISSAN recommends that the child be


placed in a commercially available booster seat toobtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fitproperly, the booster seat should raise the childso that the shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle portion ofthe shoulder. The shoulder belt should not crossthe neck or face and should not fall off the shoul-der. The lap belt should lie snugly across thelower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen. Abooster seat can only be used in seating posi-tions that have a three-point type seat belt. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat and havea label certifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the child hasgrown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or nearthe face and neck and the lap belt can be posi-tioned properly across the lower hips or upperthighs, use the seat belt without the booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seatand do not allow a child in the cargo area.The child could be seriously injured orkilled in a sudden stop or collision.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

● Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:

– The child restraint must be used andinstalled properly. Always follow allof the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.

– Infants and children should never beheld on anyone’s lap. Even the stron-gest adult cannot resist the forces ofa collision.

– Do not put a seat belt around both achild and another passenger.

ARS1098 WRS0256

CHILD RESTRAINTS


– NISSAN recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat. If youmust install a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, refer to“Forward-facing child restraint in-stallation using the seat belts” in thissection.

– Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat.An inflating air bag could seriouslyinjure or kill a child. A rear-facingchild restraint must only be used inthe rear seat.

– Be sure to purchase a child restraintthat will fit the child and vehicle.Some child restraints may not fitproperly in your vehicle.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchor-age, and a child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

– Never use the anchor points for adultseat belts or harnesses.

– A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

– Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the child restraint.

– Infants and children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate child re-straint while in the vehicle.

● When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH systemor a seat belt. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, loose objects can injure occupantsor damage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seating sur-face and buckles before placing a child inthe child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys-tem. Some child restraints include rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can be con-nected to these anchors. For additional informa-tion, refer to “LATCH (Lower Anchors and Teth-ers for CHildren) system” in this section.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints forinfants and children of various sizes. When se-lecting any child restraint, keep the followingpoints in mind:

● Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.

● Check the child restraint in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.


● If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.

● If the combined weight of the child and childrestraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), youmay use either the LATCH anchors or theseat belt to install the child restraint (not bothat the same time).

● If the combined weight of the child and childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint.

● Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for installation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing child re-straints be secured to the designated an-chor point on the vehicle.

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) SYSTEMYour vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with LATCH system compat-ible child restraints. This system may also bereferred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatiblesystem. With this system, you do not have to usea vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraintunless the combined weight of the child and childrestraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and child restraint isgreater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’sseat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the

child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installation.

The LATCH lower anchor points are provided toinstall child restraints in the following positionsonly:

● Rear bench seat – outboard seating posi-tions

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use and installation ofchild restraints could result in serious in-jury or death of a child or other passen-gers in a sudden stop or collision:

– Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.

– Do not secure a child restraint in therear bench center position using theLATCH system anchors. The child re-straint will not be secured properly.

LATCH system lower anchor locations -bench seat

LRS2594


– Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the lower anchorarea. Feel to make sure there are noobstructions over the anchors suchas seat belt webbing or seat cushionmaterial. The child restraint will notbe secured properly if the lower an-chors are obstructed.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchor-ages, and a child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchors are located at the rearof the seat cushion near the seatback. A label isattached to the seatback to help you locate theLATCH lower anchors.

LATCH lower anchor locationWRS0700

LATCH label locations rear benchLRS2595


Installing child restraint LATCH loweranchor attachments

LATCH compatible child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. With this sys-tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt tosecure the child restraint. Check your child re-straint for a label stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be in the in-structions provided by the child restraint manu-facturer.

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

Top tether anchor

WARNING

● Do not allow cargo to contact the toptether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage it during acollision. A child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision if the toptether strap is damaged.

● Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed us-ing the damaged anchorages, and achild could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

LATCH webbing-mounted attachmentLRS0661

LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentLRS0662


�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor point

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located in the following loca-tions:

● Rear bench seat on the back side of theseatback in the seating positions shown.

If you have any questions when installing a toptether strap, consult a NISSAN dealer for details.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHFor additional information, refer to all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Childrestraint” sections of this manual before installinga child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combinedweight of the child and the child restraint exceeds65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of thechild and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs(29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child restraint. Besure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint in the rear bench seats using the LATCHsystem:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al-ways follow the child restraint manufactur-er’s instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment is prop-erly attached to the lower anchors.

Rear bench seatLRS2596

Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2WRS0801


3. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourhand to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

4. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe LATCH attachment path. The child re-straint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCH at-tachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint or tryinstalling by using the vehicle seat belt (ifapplicable). Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2WRS0802

Rear-facing – step 3LRS0673



5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 2through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured. Therestraint could tip over or be loose andcause injury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change the operationof the front passenger air bag. For addi-tional information, refer to “Supplementalair bag warning light” in this section.

WRS0256


For additional information, refer to all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Childrestraints” sections of this manual before install-ing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rearseats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufactur-er’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions for belt routing.

Rear-facing – step 1WRS0256



3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). Itreverts to the ELR mode when the seat beltis fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatback whilepulling up on the seat belt.





6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe seat belt path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward and checkto see if the belt holds the restraint in place.If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You may needto try a different child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraintmode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHFor additional information, refer to all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Childrestraints” sections of this manual before install-ing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint in the rear bench seats using theLATCH system:




2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment is prop-erly attached to the lower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. For additional information, refer to “In-stalling top tether strap” in this section. Donot install child restraints that require the useof a top tether strap in seating positions thatdo not have a top tether anchor.

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest isremoved, store it in a secure place. Be sureto reinstall the head restraint/headrestwhen the child restraint is removed. Foradditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section for headrestraint/headrest adjustment information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and it isinterfering with the proper child restraint fit,try another seating position or a differentchild restraint.

Forward-facing webbing-mounted – step 2LRS2398

Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2LRS2399


4. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe LATCH attachment path. The child re-straint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCH at-tachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Not allchild restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 3through 6.

Forward-facing – step 4LRS0671

Forward-facing – step 6WRS0697



�2 Anchor point

Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must be usedwhen installing the child restraint with the LATCHlower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with the LATCHlower anchors.

Rear bench seat

OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS

1. Remove the head restraint/headrest andstore it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest when the childrestraint is removed. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Head restraints/headrests” inthis section for head restraint/headrest ad-justment, removal and installation informa-tion.

2. Position the top tether strap �1 over theseatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint �2 on the back side of the seatbackbehind the child restraint.


CENTER SEATING POSITION





If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, consult a NISSAN dealerfor details.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used to at-tach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

Rear bench seatLRS2597


FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured. Therestraint could tip over or be loose andcause injury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change the operationof the front passenger air bag. For addi-tional information, refer to “Front passen-ger air bag and status light” in this section.

For additional information, refer to all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Childrestraint” sections of this manual before installinga child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belt in therear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and, there-fore, must not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest isremoved, store it in a secure place. Be sureto reinstall the head restraint/headrestwhen the child restraint is removed. Foradditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section for headrestraint/headrest adjustment, removal andinstallation information.

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –step 1

WRS0699


If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and it isinterfering with the proper child restraint fit,try another seating position or a differentchild restraint.

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions for belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. For additional information, refer to “In-stalling top tether strap” in this section. Donot install child restraints that require the useof a top tether strap in seating positions thatdo not have a top tether anchor.

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). Itreverts to ELR mode when the seat belt isfully retracted.




5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.


8. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe seat belt path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward and checkto see if the belt holds the restraint in place.If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You may needto try a different child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.





9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

10. If the child restraint is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light should illuminate. If thislight is not illuminated refer to “Front passen-ger air bag and status light” in this section.Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child re-straint mode) is canceled.


�2 Anchor point

Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must be usedwhen installing the child restraint with seat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt.


Rear row bench seatLRS2597


Rear bench seat

OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS





CENTER SEATING POSITION





If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, consult a NISSAN dealerfor details.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used to at-tach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

BOOSTER SEATSFor additional information on installing a boosterseat in your vehicle, follow the instructions out-lined in this section.

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not usedproperly, the risk of a child being injuredor killed in a sudden stop or collisiongreatly increases:

– Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

– Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

– A booster seat must only be installedin a seating position that has alap/shoulder belt.


A. Low back booster seat

B. High back booster seat

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:

● Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

● Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

● Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat is chosen, the vehicleseatback must be at or above the center ofthe child’s ears. If the seatback is lower thanthe center of the child’s ears, a high backbooster seat should be used.

● If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place the child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible with thechild. Always follow all recommended pro-cedures.

LRS2479 LRS0453 LRS0464


All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the rear seats or the frontpassenger seat.

Booster seat installation

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt in theAutomatic Locking Retractor (ALR) modewhen using a booster seat with the seatbelts.

For additional information, refer to all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety,” “Child re-straint” and “Booster seats” sections of thismanual before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in therear bench seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a front-facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-structions.

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store it in asecure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint/headrest when thebooster seat is removed. For additionalinformation, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section for headrestraint/headrest adjustment, removal andinstallation information.

WRS0699Front passenger position

LRS0454


If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and it isinterfering with the proper booster seat fit,try another seating position or a differentbooster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-structions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in “Three-point type seat belt withretractor” in this section.

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not illuminate,depending on the size of the child and thetype of booster seat being used. For addi-tional information, refer to “Front passengerair bag and status light” in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important informationconcerning the following systems:

● Driver and passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem)

● Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

● Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag

● Driver supplemental knee air bag

● Seat belt with pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can helpcushion the impact force to the head and chest ofthe driver and front passenger in certain frontalcollisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force tothe chest area of the driver and front passenger incertain side-impact collisions. The side air bagsare designed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted.

LRS0865

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)


Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force tothe head of occupants in the outboard seatingpositions in certain side-impact or rollover colli-sions. In a side impact, the curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate on the side where the vehicleis impacted. In a rollover, curtain air bags on bothsides are designed to inflate and remain inflatedfor a short time.

Driver supplemental knee air bag

This system can help cushion the impact force tothe driver’s knees in certain collisions.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crashprotection provided by the driver and front pas-senger seat belts and is not a substitute forthem. Seat belts should always be correctly wornand the occupant seated a suitable distanceaway from the steering wheel, instrument paneland door finishers. For additional information,refer to “Seat belts” in this section for instructionsand precautions on seat belt usage.

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

After placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7 sec-onds if the system is operational.


WARNING

● The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity fron-tal collision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk or severityof injury in various kinds of accidents.

● The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit or if the front passenger seatis unoccupied. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Front passenger air bagand status light” in this section.

● The seat belts and the front air bags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat. The frontair bags inflate with great force. Evenwith the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem, if you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out of posi-tion in any way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries from thefront air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit back against

the seatback and as far away as practi-cal from the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. Always properly use theseat belts.

● The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. TheNISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors the severity of a collision andseat belt usage then inflates the airbags as needed. Failure to properlywear seat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

● The front passenger seat is equippedwith an Occupant Classification Sensor(weight sensor) that turns the front pas-senger air bag OFF under some condi-tions. This sensor is only used in thisseat. Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increase therisk or severity of injury in an accident.For additional information, refer to“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” in this section.

● Keep hands on the outside of the steer-ing wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk that they are injured when the frontair bag inflates.

WRS0031


WARNING

● Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold them inyour lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.

ARS1133 ARS1041


ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044


WARNING

● Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teensand children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, if possible.

● Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facingchild restraint in the front seat. An in-flating front air bag could seriously in-jure or kill your child. For additionalinformation, refer to “Child restraints”in this section.

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted curtainside-impact and rollover supplemental airbags:

● The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the event ofa frontal impact, rear impact, or lowerseverity side collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431


WARNING

● The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and upright inthe seat with both feet on the floor. Theside air bag and curtain air bag inflatewith great force. Do not allow anyone toplace their hand, leg or face near theside air bag on the side of the seatbackof the front seat or near the side roofrails. Do not allow anyone sitting in thefront seats or rear outboard seats toextend their hand out of the window orlean against the door. Some examplesof dangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustrations.

SSS0162 SSS0159


WARNING

● When sitting in the rear bench seat, donot hold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, you maybe seriously injured. Be especially care-ful with children, who should always beproperly restrained. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.

● Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere with sideair bag inflation.

WRS0032


NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)

1. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

3. Occupant Classification Sensor (weightsensor)

4. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag modules

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bags

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag inflators

7. Satellite sensors

8. Seat belt with pretensioner

9. Pressure sensors in door (driver’s sideshown; passenger side similar)

10. Driver supplemental knee air bag

11. Crash zone sensor

LRS2598


WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passen-ger’s advanced air bag system, please ob-serve the following items.

● Do not allow a passenger in the rearbench seats to push or pull on the seat-back pocket.

● Do not place heavy loads heavier than2.2 lb (1 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

● Do not store luggage behind the seatthat can press into the seatback.

● Do not position the front passengerseat so it contacts the rear bench seats.If the front seat does contact the rearbench seats, the air bag system maydetermine a sensor malfunction has oc-curred and the front passenger air bagstatus light may illuminate and thesupplemental air bag warning light mayflash.

● If a forward-facing child restraint is in-stalled in the front passenger seat, donot position the front passenger seat sothe child restraint contacts the instru-ment panel. If the child restraint doescontact the instrument panel, the sys-tem may determine the seat is occupiedand the passenger air bag may deployin a collision. Also the front passengerair bag status light may not illuminate.For additional information, refer to“Child restraints” in this section for in-formation about installing and usingchild restraints.

● Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag status light.

● If you notice that the front passenger airbag status light is not operating as de-scribed in this section, please take yourvehicle to a NISSAN dealer to check theoccupant classification system.

● Until you have confirmed with yourdealer that your passenger seat occu-pant classification system is workingproperly, position the occupants in therear seating positions.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System for the driver and frontpassenger seats. This system is designed tomeet certification requirements under U.S. regu-lations. It is also permitted in Canada. All of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel. Thepassenger supplemental front-impact air bag ismounted in the dashboard above the glove box.The front air bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although they may in-flate if the forces in another type of collision aresimilar to those of a higher severity frontal impact.They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper front air bag system opera-tion.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dualstage inflators. It also monitors information fromthe crash zone sensor and the Air bag ControlUnit (ACU). Inflator operation is based on theseverity of a collision and seat belt usage for thedriver. For the front passenger, the OccupantClassification Sensor is also monitored. Basedon information from the sensor, only one front airbag may inflate in a crash, depending on thecrash severity. Additionally, the front passengerair bag may be automatically turned off under


some conditions, depending on the weight de-tected on the passenger seat and how the seatbelt is used. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,the passenger air bag status light will be illumi-nated (if the seat is unoccupied, the light will notbe illuminated, but the air bag will be off). Foradditional information, refer to “Front passengerair bag and status light” in this section. One frontair bag inflating does not indicate improper per-formance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, please contact NISSAN or a NISSANdealer. If you are considering modification of yourvehicle due to a disability, you may also contactNISSAN. Contact information is contained in thefront of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by the release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken to not inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the face andchest of the front occupants. They can help savelives and reduce serious injuries. However, aninflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions

or other injuries. Front air bags, other than thedriver’s knee air bag, do not provide restraint tothe lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driver andpassenger seated upright as far as practicalaway from the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order tohelp protect the front occupants. Because of this,the force of the front air bag inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, oris against, the front air bag module during infla-tion.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.


Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF under some condi-tions. Read this section carefully to learnhow it operates. Proper use of the seat,seat belt and child restraints is necessaryfor most effective protection. Failure tofollow all instructions in this manual con-cerning the use of seats, seat belts andchild restraints can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

LRS0865


Status lightThe front passenger seat is equipped with anOccupant Classification Sensor (weight sensor)that turns the front passenger air bag on or offdepending on the weight applied to the frontpassenger seat. The status of the front passen-ger air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by a frontpassenger air bag status light which islocated on the instrument panel.After the ignition switch is placed in the �ON�position, the front passenger air bag status lighton the instrument panel illuminates for about7 seconds and then turns off or remains illumi-nated depending on the front passenger seatoccupied status. The light operates as follows:

● Unoccupied front passenger’s seat:The light is OFF and the front passen-ger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in acrash.

● Front passenger’s seat occupied by a smalladult, child or child restraint as outlined inthe Safety section of the owner’s manual:The light illuminates to indicate thatthe front passenger air bag is OFF and willnot inflate in a crash.

● Occupied front passenger seat and the pas-senger meets the conditions as outlined inthe Safety section of the owner’s manual:The light is OFF to indicate that thefront passenger air bag is operational.

In addition to the above, certain objects placedon the front passenger seat may also cause thelight to operate as described above dependingon their weight.

For additional information related to the normaloperation and troubleshooting of this OccupantClassification Sensor system, please refer to“Normal operation” and “Troubleshooting” in thissection.

Front passenger air bag

The front passenger air bag is designed to auto-matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operatedunder some conditions as described below inaccordance with U.S. regulations. If the frontpassenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in acrash. The driver air bag and other air bags in yourvehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bagto certain front passenger seat occupants, suchas children, by requiring the air bag to be auto-matically turned OFF. Certain sensors are used tomeet the requirements.

The Occupant Classification Sensor in this ve-hicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to detectan occupant and objects on the seat by weight.For example, if a child is in the front passengerseat, the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System isdesigned to turn the front passenger air bag OFFin accordance with the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in the regulations ison the seat, its weight and the child’s weight canbe detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt as out-lined in this manual should not cause the frontpassenger air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,however if the occupant takes his/her weight offthe seat cushion (for example, by not sitting up-right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or byotherwise being out of position), this could causethe sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always besure to be seated and wearing the seat beltproperly for the most effective protection by theseat belt and supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.NISSAN also recommends that appropriate childrestraints and booster seats be properly installedin a rear seat. If this is not possible, the OccupantClassification Sensor is designed to operate asdescribed above to turn the front passenger air


bag OFF for specified child restraints as requiredby the regulations. Failing to properly securechild restraints and to use the ALR mode mayallow the restraint to tip or move in a collision orsudden stop. This can also result in the passen-ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of beingOFF. For additional information, refer to “Childrestraints” in this section for proper use and in-stallation.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thefront passenger air bag is designed not to inflatein a crash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object’s weight detected by the OccupantClassification Sensor. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupantsare seated and restrained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag status light, youcan monitor when the front passenger air bag isautomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied.The light will not illuminate when the front pas-senger seat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but the frontpassenger air bag status light is illuminated (indi-cating that the air bag is OFF), it could be that the

person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seatproperly or not using the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the front passenger air bag status light may ormay not be illuminated, depending on the size ofthe child and the type of child restraint beingused. If the air bag status light is not illuminated(indicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make sure thatthe child restraint is installed properly, the seatbelt is used properly and the occupant is posi-tioned properly. If the air bag status light is notilluminated, reposition the occupant or child re-straint in a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, the system may be sensingan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag isOFF). A NISSAN dealer can check that the sys-tem is OFF by using a special tool. However, untilyou have confirmed with your dealer that your airbag is working properly, reposition the occupantor child restraint in a rear seat.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and frontpassenger air bag status light will take a fewseconds to register a change in the passengerseat status. For example, if a large adult who is

sitting in the front passenger seat exits the ve-hicle, the front passenger air bag status light willgo from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then toOFF. This is normal system operation and doesnot indicate a malfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges areaof the instrument panel, will blink. Have the sys-tem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Normal operationIn order for the occupant classification system toclassify the right front passenger based onweight, please follow the precautions and stepsoutlined below:

Precautions

● Make sure there are no objects weighingover 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hanging on the seat orplaced in the seatback pocket.

● Make sure that a child seat or other object isnot pressing against the rear of the seat-back.

● Make sure that a rear passenger is not push-ing or pulling on the back of the front pas-senger’s seat.


● Make sure that the front seat or seatback isnot forced back against an object on theseat or floor behind it.

● Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger’s seat.

Steps

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”section of the Owner’s Manual. Sit upright,leaning against the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with your feet comfort-ably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on the occu-pant’s lap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the “Seatbelts” section of the Owner’s Manual.

4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds al-lowing the system to classify the front pas-senger before the vehicle is put into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checking thefront passenger air bag status light.

NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classification sys-tem locks the classification during drivingso it is important that you confirm that thefront passenger is properly classified priorto driving. Also, the occupant classificationsystem may recalculate the weight of theoccupant when the vehicle comes to a stop(i.e stop light, stop sign etc.), so front pas-senger seat occupants should continue toremain seated as outlined above.

Troubleshooting

If you think the front passenger air bag status lightis incorrect:

1. If the light is ON with no front passenger andno objects on the front passenger seat:

This may be due to the following conditions thatmay be interfering with the weight sensors:

● An object weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hang-ing on the seat or placed in the seatbackpocket.

● A child seat or other object pressing againstthe rear of the seatback.

● A rear passenger pushing or pulling on theback of the front passenger’s seat.

● The front seat or seatback is forced backagainst an object on the seat or floor behindit.

● An object placed under the front passen-ger’s seat.

● An object placed between the seat cushionand center console or between door andcushion.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stopwhen it is safe to do so. Check and correct any ofthe above conditions. Restart the vehicle andwait one minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still on after this, the vehicle shouldbe checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.

2. If the light is ON with an adult occupying thefront passenger seat:

● Occupant is a small adult → the air bag lightis functioning as intended. The front passen-ger air bag is suppressed.


However, if the occupant is not a small adult, thenthis may be due to the following conditions thatmay be interfering with the weight sensors:

● Occupant is not sitting upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered on theseat cushion with feet comfortably extendedto the floor.





● An object placed between the seat cushionand center console or between the seatcushion and the door.


NOTE:


If the light is still on after this, the person shouldbe advised not to ride in the front passenger seatand the vehicle should be checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

3. If the light is OFF with small adult, child orchild restraint occupying the front passen-ger seat.

This may be due to the following conditionsthat may be interfering with the weight sen-sors:

● Small adult or child is not sitting upright,leaning against the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with feet comfortablyextended to the floor.

● The child restraint is not properly installed,as outlined in the “Child restraints”section ofthe Owner’s Manual.

● An object weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hang-ing on the seat or placed in the seatbackpocket.





● An object placed between the seat cushionand center console.


NOTE:


If the light is still OFF after this, the small adult,child or child restraint should be repositioned inthe rear seat and the vehicle should be checkedby a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.


Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

WARNING

● Do not place any objects on the steeringwheel pad or on the instrument panel.Also, do not place any objects betweenany occupant and the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bags inflate.

● Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components will behot. Do not touch them; you may se-verely burn yourself.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. This isto prevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

● Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or front end structure.This could affect proper operation ofthe front air bag system.

● Tampering with the front air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.Tampering includes changes to thesteering wheel and the instrumentpanel assembly by placing materialover the steering wheel pad and abovethe instrument panel or by installingadditional trim material around the airbag system.

● Removing or modifying the front pas-senger seat may affect the function ofthe air bag and result in serious per-sonal injury.

● Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing mate-rial on the seat cushion or by installingadditional trim material, such as seatcovers, on the seat that are not specifi-cally designed to assure proper air bagoperation. Additionally, do not stow anyobjects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback. Suchobjects may interfere with the properoperation of the Occupant Classifica-tion Sensor (weight sensor).

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affect thefront air bag system. Tampering withthe seat belt system may result in seri-ous personal injury.

● Work on and around the front air bagsystem should be done by a NISSANdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by a NISSANdealer. The Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) wiring harnesses* shouldnot be modified or disconnected. Unau-thorized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be used onthe air bag system.

● A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified repairfacility. A cracked windshield could af-fect the function of the supplemental airbag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the front air bag systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.


Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag systems

The side air bags are located in the outside of theseatback of the front seats. The curtain air bagsare located in the side roof rails in both rows. Allof the information, cautions and warningsin this manual apply and must be followed.The side air bags and curtain air bags are de-signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions,although they may inflate if the forces in anothertype of collision are similar to those of a higherseverity impact. They are designed to inflate on

the side where the vehicle is impacted. They maynot inflate in certain side collisions.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate incertain types of rollover collisions or near roll-overs. As a result, certain vehicle movements (forexample, during severe off-roading) may causethe curtain air bags to inflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtain airbag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followedby release of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should be takennot to inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathing con-dition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chest ofthe front occupants. Curtain air bags help tocushion the impact force to the head of occu-pants in the front and rear outboard seating po-sitions in all rows. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, an inflatingside air bag or curtain air bag may cause abra-sions or other injuries. Side air bags and curtainair bags do not provide restraint to the lowerbody.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the side air bag. Rear seatpassengers should be seated as far away aspractical from the door finishers and side roofrails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflatequickly in order to help protect the occupants.Because of this, the force of the side air bags andcurtain air bags inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or is against,these air bag modules during inflation. The sideair bag will deflate quickly after the collision isover.

The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a shorttime.

The side air bags and curtain air bags op-erate only when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.


LRS2501


WARNING

● Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front seats. Also, do notplace any objects (an umbrella, bag,etc.) between the front door finisherand the front seat. Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles andcause injury if a side air bag inflates.

● Right after inflation, several side air bagand curtain air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe side air bag and curtain air bagsystems. This is to prevent damage to oraccidental inflation of the side air bagand curtain air bag systems.

● Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of the cur-tain air bag systems.

● Tampering with the side air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.For example, do not change the frontseats by placing material near the seat-backs or by installing additional trimmaterial, such as seat covers, aroundthe side air bag.

● Work around and on the side air bagand curtain air bag systems should bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Installationof electrical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. The SRS wir-ing harnesses* should not be modifiedor disconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side air bagor curtain air bag systems.

* The SRS wiring harness or connectors areyellow or orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bags andcurtain air bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Driver supplemental knee air bag

The knee air bag is located in the knee bolster, onthe driver’s side. The knee air bag is located onthe driver’s side of the vehicle only. All of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual apply and must be followed. Theknee air bag is designed to inflate in higher se-verity frontal collisions, although it may inflate ifthe forces in another type of collision are similarto those of a higher severity frontal impact. It maynot inflate in certain collisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper knee air bag operation.

LRS2599


When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by release of smoke. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

The knee air bag helps to cushion the impactforce on the knees of the driver. It can helpreduce serious injuries. However, an inflatingknee air bag may cause abrasions or other inju-ries. The knee air bag provides restraint to thelower body.

The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to helpprotect the occupants. Because of this, the forceof the knee air bag inflating can increase the riskof injury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst, this air bag module during inflation. Theknee air bag will deflate quickly after the collisionis over OR the knee air bag will remain inflated fora short time.

The knee air bag operates only when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.


WARNING

● Do not place any objects between theknee bolster and the driver’s seat. Suchobjects may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if a knee air baginflates.

● Right after inflation, the knee air bagsystem components will be hot. Do nottouch them; you may severely burnyourself.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe knee air bag system. This is to pre-vent damage to or accidental inflationof the knee air bag system.

● Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system or sus-pension system. This could affectproper operation of the knee air bagsystem.

● Tampering with the knee air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.For example, do not change the driverknee bolster or install additional trimmaterial around the knee air bag.

● Work around, or on, the knee air bagsystem should be done by a NISSANdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by a NISSANdealer. The SRS wiring harnesses*should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the knee air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness or connectors areyellow or orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the knee air bag systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this manual.

Seat belts with pretensioners (frontseats)

WARNING

● If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is not acti-vated, be sure to have the pretensionersystem checked and, if necessary, re-placed by a NISSAN dealer.


● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioner system. This is to pre-vent damage to or accidental activationof the pretensioners. Tampering withthe pretensioner system may result inserious personal injury.

● Work around and on the pretensionersystem should be done by a NISSANdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by a NISSANdealer. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pretensioner system.

● If you need to dispose of a pretensioneror scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSANdealer. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

The pretensioner system may activate with thesupplemental air bag system in certain types ofcollisions. Working with the seat belt retractor,the pretensioner helps tighten the seat belt whenthe vehicle becomes involved in certain types ofcollisions, helping to restrain front seat occu-pants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seat beltretractor. These seat belts are used the same wayas conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limiters allowthe seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) toreduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning light isused to indicate malfunctions in the pretensionersystem. For additional information, refer to�Supplemental air bag warning light” in this sec-tion. If the operation of the supplemental air bagwarning light indicates there is a malfunction,have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pretensioner systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

1. SRS Air Bag Warning Labels

The warning labels are located on the sur-face of the sun visor.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle asshown in the illustration.

LRS2617


WARNING

Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rear-facingchild restraint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it!

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel, moni-tors the circuits for the air bag systems, preten-sioners and all related wiring.When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightilluminates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bagand pretensioner systems need servicing:

● The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

● The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side airbag, curtain air bag, knee air bag or pretensionersystems may not operate properly. They must bechecked and repaired. Take your vehicle to thenearest NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front air bag,side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bagand/or pretensioner systems will not op-erate in an accident. To help avoid injury toyourself or others, have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.

LRS0100


Repair and replacement procedure

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags,knee air bag and pretensioners are designed toinflate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder,unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bagwarning light remains illuminated after inflationhas occurred. Repair and replacement of thesesupplemental air bag systems should be doneonly by a NISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on the ve-hicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags, knee air bag, pretensioners and relatedparts should be pointed out to the person per-forming the maintenance. The ignition switchshould always be in the LOCK position whenworking under the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

● Once a front air bag, side air bag, cur-tain air bag, or knee air bag has inflated,the air bag module will not functionagain and must be replaced. Addition-ally, the activated pretensioners mustalso be replaced. The air bag moduleand pretensioner should be replaced bya NISSAN dealer. The air bag moduleand pretensioner cannot be repaired.

● The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag, knee air bag systems and thepretensioner system should be in-spected by a NISSAN dealer if there isany damage to the front end or sideportion of the vehicle.

● If you need to dispose of a supplemen-tal air bag or pretensioner or scrap thevehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Incor-rect disposal procedures could causepersonal injury.

● If there is an impact to your vehicle fromany direction, your Occupant DetectionSensor (ODS) should be checked by aNISSAN dealer to verify it is still func-tioning correctly. The ODS should bechecked even if no air bags deploy as aresult of the impact. Failure to verifyproper ODS function may result in animproper air bag deployment resultingin injury or death.


2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . 2-7Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Vehicle Information Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14How to use the vehicle information display . . . . . . . 2-15Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Vehicle information display warnings andindicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Daytime running light system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Heated seats (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Heated 2nd row seats (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Climate controlled seat switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . 2-37Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch. . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

12v outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Luggage hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44

Roof rack (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Power moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Console light (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Personal Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51HomeLink® universal transceiver (if so equipped) . . . .2-51

Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Operating the HomeLink® universaltransceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button. . . . . . 2-55If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55

1. Vent (P. 4-25)2. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/turn

signal switch (P. 2-30)3. Supplemental front-impact air bag

(P. 1-46)4. Meters, gauges, warning/indicator

lights and Vehicle Information Display(P. 2-3, P. 2-7, P. 2-14)

5. Windshield wiper/washer switch andrear window wiper/washer switch(P. 2-27)

6. Vent (P. 4-25)7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)8. Radio (P. 4-38)9. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 2-25)10. Vent (P. 4-25)11. Glove box (P. 2-43)12. Front passenger air bag warning status

light (P. 1-46)13. Power outlet (P. 2-39)14. Heater and air conditioning controls

(P. 4-26)15. Shift lever (P. 5-16)16. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-10)

LIC2999

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

17. Cruise control main/Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) (if so equipped) setswitches (P. 5-33)

18. Driver supplemental knee air bag(P. 1-46)

19. Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System/Audio control switches (P. 4-29)

20. Hood release (P. 3-22)/Fuel doorrelease (P. 3-27)

21. Fuse box (P. 8-22)22. Power liftgate main switch

(if so equipped) (P. 3-23)Heated steering wheel switch (if soequipped) (P. 2-34)Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P. 2-38)

23. Instrument brightness control(P. 2-30)/Twin trip odometer resetswitch (P. 2-3)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped).


1. Tachometer2. Warning/indicator lights3. Vehicle Information Display/Odometer/

Twin trip odometer4. Speedometer5. Fuel gauge

6. Engine coolant temperature gaugeLIC2920

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

This vehicle is equipped with a speedometer andodometer. The speedometer is located on theright side of the meter cluster. The odometer islocated within the Vehicle Information Display.

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer and the twin trip odometer �1 aredisplayed below the vehicle information displaywhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

The odometer records the total distance the ve-hicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:

Push the TRIP RESET �2 switch on the instru-ment panel to change the display as follows:

Trip → Trip → Odometer Milage →Trip

Resetting the trip odometerPushing the TRIP RESET switch �2 for morethan 1 second resets the currently displayed tripodometer to zero.

LIC2255 LIC2921


TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed in revo-lutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev engine intothe red zone �1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, reduce engine speed. Operating theengine in the red zone may cause seriousengine damage.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera-ture. The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range �1 when the gauge needle pointswithin the zone shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates coolant tempera-ture near the hot (H) end of the normalrange, reduce vehicle speed to decreasetemperature. If the gauge is over the nor-mal range, stop the vehicle as soon assafely possible. If the engine is over-heated, continued operation of the vehiclemay seriously damage the engine. For ad-ditional information, refer to “If your ve-hicle overheats” in the “In case of emer-gency” section of this manual forimmediate action required.

LIC3114 LIC3189


FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) after theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

The low fuel warning light comes on when theamount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters 0 (Empty).

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

● If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips. the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected by a NISSAN dealer.

● For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthis section.LIC2222


or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light

Master warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

or Brake warning light Power steering warning light Security indicator light

Charge warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Side light and headlight indicator light (green)

Engine oil pressure warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light

Forward Emergency Braking system warning light(if so equipped)

Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped) Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Low tire pressure warning light Front passenger air bag status light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

Low windshield-washer fluid warning light High beam indicator light (blue)

CHECKING BULBSWith all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand place the ignition switch to the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on:

, , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then gooff:

, , , ,If any light fails to come on, it may indicatea burned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.

WARNING LIGHTS

For additional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-mation display” in this section.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS


or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the ABS warning light illuminates andthen turns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running or while driving, it may indicatethe ABS is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock func-tion is turned off. The brake system then operatesnormally but without anti-lock assistance. Foradditional information, refer to “Brake system” inthe “Starting and driving” section of this manual.

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brake andthe foot brake systems.

Low brake fluid warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluid level.If the light comes on while the engine is runningwith the parking brake not applied, stop the ve-hicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. For additional information, re-fer to “Brake fluid” in the “Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section of this manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a NISSANdealer.

WARNING

● Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on. Driv-ing could be dangerous. If you judge itto be safe, drive carefully to the nearestservice station for repairs. Otherwise,have your vehicle towed.

● Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.

● If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the ABS warning light illumi-nates, it may indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the brake system checked and, ifnecessary, repaired by a NISSAN dealerpromptly. Avoid high-speed driving and abruptbraking. For additional information, refer to “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” in thissection.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is not func-tioning properly. Turn the engine off and checkthe generator belt. If the belt is loose, broken,missing, or if the light remains on, see a NISSANdealer immediately.

CAUTION

● Do not continue driving if the generatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or comes on during normal driving,


pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherauthorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. For additional in-formation, refer to “Engine oil” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could cause se-rious damage to the engine almost imme-diately. Such damage is not covered bywarranty. Turn off the engine as soon as itis safe to do so.

Forward Emergency Brakingsystem warning light (if soequipped)

This light illuminates when the Forward Emer-gency Braking system is set to OFF on the meterdisplay.If the light illuminates when the Forward Emer-gency Braking system is ON, it may indicate thatthe system is unavailable. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Forward Emergency Braking sys-tem” in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Low tire pressure warning light

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tirepressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of lowtire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is notfunctioning properly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about 1 secondand turns off.

Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.A “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warning alsoappears in the vehicle information display.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure of all four tires to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label locatedin the driver’s door opening. The low tirepressure warning light does not automati-cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad-justed. After the tire is inflated to the rec-ommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)to activate the TPMS and turn off the low

tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pres-sure gauge to check the tire pressure.

The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning ap-pears each time the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position as long as the low tire pressurewarning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-mation display” in the “Instruments and controls”section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” section andin the “In case of emergency” section of thismanual.

TPMS malfunction

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately one minute when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position. The light will remain onafter the one minute. Have the system checkedby a NISSAN dealer. The “Tire Pressure Low AddAir” warning does not appear if the low tire pres-sure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.

For additional information, refer to “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting anddriving” section and “Tire pressure” in the “Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.


WARNING

● Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those whouse a pacemaker should contact theelectric medical equipment manufac-turer for the possible influences beforeuse.

● If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch placed in the ON posi-tion, have the vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

● If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure. Se-rious vehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and could resultin serious personal injury or death.Check the tire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown onthe Tire and Loading Information labellocated in the driver’s door opening toturn the low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If the light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tire pressure,a tire may be flat. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible.

● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced tire pressure will not be in-dicated, the TPMS will not function andthe low tire pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute. Thelight will remain on after 1 minute. Con-tact a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos-sible for tire replacement and/or sys-tem resetting.

● Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by NISSAN could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

● TPMS is not a substitute for the regulartire pressure check. Be sure to checkthe tire pressure regularly.

● If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), theTPMS may not operate correctly.

● Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the 4 wheels correctly.


Low windshield-washer fluidwarning light

This light comes on when the windshield-washerfluid is at a low level. Add windshield-washerfluid, as necessary. For additional information,refer to “Windshield-washer fluid” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Master warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the master warning light illuminates if any of thefollowing are displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay:

● No key warning

● Low fuel warning

● Low washer fluid warning

● Parking brake release warning

● Door open warning

● Loose fuel cap warning (if so equipped)

● Check tire pressure warning

For additional information, refer to “Vehicle Infor-mation Display” in this section.

Power steering warning light

WARNING

● If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.

● When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running,there will be no power assist for thesteering. You will still have control ofthe vehicle, but the steering will bemuch harder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked by a NISSANdealer.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the power steering warning light illuminates. Afterstarting the engine, the power steering warninglight turns off. This indicates that the power steer-ing system is operational. If the power steeringwarning light illuminates while the engine is run-ning, it may indicate the power steering system isnot functioning properly and may need servicing.Have the power steering system checked by aNISSAN dealer. For additional information, referto “Power steering” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten yourseat belts. The light illuminates whenever theignition switch is placed in the ON or STARTposition and remains illuminated until the driver’sseat belt is fastened. At the same time, the chimesounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver’sseat belt is securely fastened.

The seat belt warning light may also illuminate ifthe front passenger’s seat belt is not fastenedwhen the front passenger’s seat is occupied . For7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, the system does not activate thewarning light for the front passenger.

For additional information, refer to “Seat belts” inthe “Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system” section of this manual.

Supplemental air bag warninglight

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON orSTART position, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and thenturns off. This means the system is operational.


If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag,and pretensioner systems need servicing andyour vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer:

● The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

● The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplementalrestraint system (air bag system) and/or the seatbelts with pretensioner system may not functionproperly. For additional information, refer to“Supplemental restraint system (SRS)” in the“Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental re-straint system” section of this manual.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front air bag,side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag,and/or pretensioner systems will not op-erate in an accident. To help avoid injury toyourself or others, have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

For additional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-mation display” in this section.

Front fog light indicator light (ifso equipped)

The front fog light indicator light illuminates whenthe front fog lights are ON. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Fog light switch” in this section.

Front passenger air bag statuslight

The front passenger air bag status light will be litand the passenger front air bag will be OFFdepending on how the front passenger seat isbeing used.

For additional information, refer to “Front passen-ger air bag and status light” in the “Safety —Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section of this manual.

High beam indicator light(blue)

This blue light comes on when the headlight highbeams are on and goes out when the low beamsare selected.

The high beam indicator light also comes onwhen the passing signal is activated.

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady or blinkswhile the engine is running, it may indicate apotential emission control malfunction.

The MIL may also come on steady if the fuel-fillercap is loose or missing, or if the vehicle runs outof fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that the vehiclehas at least 3 gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in thefuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec-onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when theengine is not running, it indicates that the vehicleis not ready for an emission control systeminspection/maintenance test. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Readiness forinspection/maintenance (I/M) test” in the “Tech-nical and consumer information” section of thismanual.


Operation

The MIL will come on in one of two ways:

● MIL on steady — An emission control systemmalfunction has been detected. Check thefuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning appears in the vehicle informationdisplay. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or miss-ing, tighten or install the cap and continue todrive the vehicle. The light should turnoff after a few driving trips. If the lightdoes not turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by a NISSANdealer. You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

● MIL blinking — An engine misfire has beendetected which may damage the emissioncontrol system. To reduce or avoid emissioncontrol system damage:

– do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

– avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

– avoid steep uphill grades.

– if possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The MIL may stop blinking and come on steady.Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer.You do not need to have your vehicle towed to thedealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without hav-ing the emission control system checkedand repaired as necessary could lead topoor driveability, reduced fuel economy,and possible damage to the emission con-trol system.

Security indicator light

This light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF, LOCK or ACC (if soequipped) position.

The blinking security indicator light indicates thatthe security systems equipped on the vehicle areoperational.

For additional information, refer to “Security sys-tems” in this section.

Side light and headlightindicator light (green)

The side light and headlight indicator light illumi-nates when the side light or headlight position is

selected. For additional information, refer to“Headlight and turn signal switch” in this section.

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the VDC system isoperating, thus alerting the driver to the fact thatthe road surface is slippery and the vehicle isnearing its traction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working; this isnormal.

The light will blink for a few seconds after theVDC system stops limiting wheel spin.

The indicator light also comes on whenyou place the ignition switch in the ON position.The light will turn off after approximately 2 sec-onds if the system is operational. If the light doesnot come on have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The appropriate light flashes when the turn signalswitch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turnedon.


Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light comes on when the VDC offswitch is pushed to OFF. This indicates the VDCsystem is not operating.

Push the VDC off switch again or restart theengine and the system will operate normally. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

The VDC light also comes on when you place theignition switch in the ON position. The light willturn off after about 2 seconds if the system isoperational. If the light stays on or comes onalong with the indicator light while you aredriving, have the VDC system checked by aNISSAN dealer.While the VDC system is operating, you mightfeel slight vibration or hear the system workingwhen starting the vehicle or accelerating, but thisis normal.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warnings.When a disc brake pad requires replacement, itmakes a high pitched scraping sound when thevehicle is in motion, whether or not the brake

pedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the warning sound is heard.

Key left reminder chimeA chime sounds if the driver’s door is openedwhile the ignition switch is placed in the ACC orOFF position with the Intelligent Key left in thevehicle. Make sure the ignition switch is placed inthe LOCK position, and take the Intelligent Keywith you when leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeWith the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi-tion, a chime sounds when the driver’s door isopened if the headlights or parking lights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off before leav-ing the vehicle.

NISSAN Intelligent Key® Lock-inPreventionThe Intelligent Key buzzer sounds if the IntelligentKey is left inside the vehicle when the doors areclosed and locked. When the buzzer sounds, besure to take the Intelligent key with you whenleaving the vehicle. For additional information,refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of thismanual.

The vehicle information display is located to theleft of the speedometer. It displays such items as:

● Vehicle settings

● Trip computer information

● Drive system warnings and settings

● Forward Emergency Braking system (if soequipped)

● Predictive Forward Collision warning system(if so equipped)

● Blind Spot Warning system (if so equipped)

● Rear cross traffic alert system (if soequipped)

LIC2205

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


● Cruise control system information

● Intelligent Cruise Control system information(if so equipped)

● NISSAN Intelligent Key® operation informa-tion

● Indicators and warnings

● Tire Pressure information

The display will be interrupted when a text mes-sage is received, and can be operated via steer-ing wheel mounted switch (models with Naviga-tion).

HOW TO USE THE VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAY

The vehicle information display can be changedusing the buttons and OK located on thesteering wheel.

1. OK — change or select an item in the vehicleinformation display

2. — go back or forward throughthe vehicle information menu items or tochange from one display screen to the next(i.e. trip, TPMS, Fuel economy)

3. — scroll up or down the vehicle infor-mation menu items.

The OK, and buttons alsocontrol audio and control panel functions. Foradditional information, refer to “Steering wheelswitch for audio control” in “Display screen,heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems”section of this manual.

STARTUP DISPLAYWhen the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACCposition the screens that display in the vehicleinformation display include:

● Active system status (if so equipped)

● Trip computer

● Tire pressure information

● Fuel economy

● Warnings

● Outside air temperature

● Odometer/Twin Trip Odometer

● Audio

● Navigation

● Settings

LIC3010


Warnings will only display if there are any pres-ent. For additional information on warnings andindicators, refer to “Vehicle information displaywarnings and indicators” in this section.

To control what items display in the vehicle infor-mation display, refer to “Main menu selection” inthis section.

SETTINGSThe setting mode allows you to change the infor-mation displayed in the vehicle information dis-play:

● Driver Assistance

● Customize Display

● Vehicle Settings

● Maintenance

● Clock

● TPMS Settings

● Unit / Language

● Key-Linked Settings

● Factory Reset

Driver Assistance

To change the status, warnings or turn on or offany of the systems/warnings displayed in the“Driver Assistance” menu:

Use the button to select and the OK but-ton to change a menu item:

● Driving Aids (if so equipped)

– Emergency Brake ON/OFF (if soequipped)

– Blind Spot ON/OFF (if so equipped)

– Driver Attention Alert ON/OFF (if soequipped)

– Timer Alert

– Low Temperature Alert ON/OFF

● Parking Aids (if so equipped)

– Moving Object ON/OFF (if so equipped)

Customize DisplayThe Customize Display allows the customer tochoose from various meter selections.

The meter settings can be changed usingthe and the OK button.

Main Menu Selection

The items that display can be enabled/disabledwhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition. To change the items that display.

Use the button to select and the OK but-ton to change a menu item:

● Home

● Audio

● Navigation

● Drive computer

● Fuel Economy

● Driving Aids

● Tire Pressures

Car Icon ColorThe color of the vehicle that displays in the ve-hicle information display when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position can be changed.

ECO Info Settings

The following information can beenabled/disabled to display in the vehicle infor-mation display when the ignition switch is placedin the ON posi tion.


From the “Customize Display” select “ECO InfoSettings” to display the information when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.

● ECO Drive Report – select “On” or “Off” todisplay the information when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

● View History - select to display the vehicle’sinformation history.

Navigation (if so equipped)

This setting allows the customer toenable/disable the alert for navigation in the ve-hicle information display.

1. Use the buttons to select “Navigation”.

2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF thealert.

3. Press the OK button to change the “ViewMode” between “City” and “Arrow”.

Welcome EffectsThe welcome screen display can be adjustedwhen the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or

ON position. Press the or button totoggle through the menu options. Press the OKbutton to turn ON/OFF the following:

● Gauges

● Animation

Vehicle Settings

The vehicle settings allows the customer tochange settings for interior lights, turn signals,intelligent key settings, unlock settings and othervehicle settings.

The vehicle settings can be changed using

the , , and the OK buttons.

LightingSelect the Lighting menu option to adjust thefollowing:

● Accent Lighting

● Light Sensitivity - The light sensitivity can beset to illuminate earlier based on the bright-ness outside the vehicle. Press OK tochange the sensitivity timing.

● Light Off Delay - The duration of the auto-matic headlights can be changed from 0 to180 seconds. Press OK to change the du-ration.

Turn Indicator

The 3 flash pass can be set to be ON or OFF.From the Turn Indicator menu, select “3 FlashPass”. Use the OK button to turn this feature ONor OFF.

Exterior Door Switches

When this item is turned on, the request switcheson the doors are activated. From the VehicleSettings menu, select “Ext. Door Switch”. Usethe OK button to toggle between on and off.When “ON is highlighted, Ext. Door Switch isturned on. When “ON” is greyed-out, this item isturned off.

I-Key Door Unlock (if so equipped)

When this item is turned on, the request switchon the doors is activated. From the Vehicle Set-tings menu, select “I-Key Door Unlock”. Use theOK button to activate this function.

Answer Back Horn (if so equipped)

When the answer back horn is on, the horn willchirp and the hazard indicators will flash oncewhen locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key.

Selective Unlock

When this item is turned on and when the doorhandle request switch on the driver’s or frontpassenger’s side door is pushed, only the corre-sponding door is unlocked first. The remainingdoors can be unlocked if the door unlock opera-tion is performed again within 1 minute. Whenthis item is turned to OFF, all the doors will beunlocked after the door unlock operation is per-formed once. From the Vehicle Settings menu,


select ”Locking” then “Selective Unlock”. Use theOK button to toggle between on and off. When“ON” is highlighted, “Selective Unlock” is turnedon. When “ON” is greyed-out, this item is turnedoff.

Wipers

The speed dependent feature can be set to beON or OFF. From the Wipers menu, select“Speed Dependent”. Use the OK button to turnthis feature ON or OFF.

Driving Position (if so equipped)

The driving position has two features that can beset to be ON or OFF. From the Driving positionmenu, select “Exit Seat Slide” or “Exit SteeringUp”. Use the OK button to turn this feature ON orOFF.

Remote engine start (if so equipped)

The remote engine start feature can be set to beON or OFF. From the Remote engine start menu,use the OK button to turn this feature ON or OFF.

Maintenance

The maintenance mode allows you to set alertsfor the reminding of maintenance intervals. Tochange an item:

1. Push the or button to togglethrough the menu items, and select “Set-tings” and press OK.

2. Select “Maintenance” using the but-ton and press OK.

Oil and FilterThis indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for changing the engine oil andfilter. You can set or reset the distance for check-ing or replacing these items. For scheduled main-tenance items and intervals, see your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide.”

Tire

This indicator appears when the customer setdistance is reached for replacing tires. You canset or reset the distance for replacing tires.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, includ-ing tire pressure checks. For additionalinformation, refer to “Changing wheelsand tires” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section of this manual. Many fac-tors including tire inflation, alignment,driving habits and road conditions affecttire wear and when tires should be re-placed. Setting the tire replacement indi-cator for a certain driving distance doesnot mean your tires will last that long. Usethe tire replacement indicator as a guideonly and always perform regular tirechecks. Failure to perform regular tirechecks, including tire pressure checkscould result in tire failure. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead to acollision, which could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

Other

This indicator appears when the customer setdistance is reached for checking or replacingmaintenance items other than the engine oil, oilfilter and tires. Other maintenance items can in-clude such things as air filter or tire rotation. Thedistance for checking or replacing the items canbe set or reset.


Clock

To set the clock for system with navigation, pressthe “MENU” button. For systems without naviga-tion, press the “SETTING” button. For additionalinformation on how to set the clock, refer to the“Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audioand phone systems” section of this manual or theseparate Navigation Owner’s Manual.

TPMS Settings

The unit for tire pressure that displays in thevehicle information display can be changed to:

● psi

● kPa

● bar

● kgf/cm2

Use the buttons and the OK button toselect and change the unit.

Unit/LanguageSelect “Unit/Language” to adjust vehicle unitsand language on the Vehicle Information Display.The vehicle information display language canalso be changed by operating the navigation unit(if so equipped). For additional information, refer

to the separate Navigation Owner’s Manual. Usethe buttons to choose from he followingmenu options:

● Mileage/Fuel

● Tire Pressures

● Temperature

● Language

Mileage/FuelThe unit for the mileage that displays in the ve-hicle information display can be changed to:

● miles, MPG

● km/h, km/l

● km/h, l/100km


Tire PressuresThe unit for tire pressure that displays in thevehicle information display can be changed to:

● psi

● kPa

● bar

● kgf/cm2


TemperatureThe temperature that displays in the vehicle infor-mation display can be changed from:

● °F (Fahrenheit)

● °C (Celsius)

Use the OK button to toggle choices.

Language

The language of the vehicle information displaycan be changed to:

● English

● French

● Spanish

Use the buttons and the OK button toselect and change the language of the vehicleinformation display.

Key-Linked SettingsThe Key-Linked Setting can be turnedON/OFF/Later using the OK button. It will displaythe key synchronized and in use for this vehicle.


Factory ResetThe settings in the vehicle information display canbe reset back to the factory default. To reset thevehicle information display:

1. Use the buttons to select “Set-tings”, and press the OK button.

2. Select “Factory Reset” using the but-tons and press the OK button.

3. Select “YES” to return all settings back todefault by pressing the OK button.


LIC3248


VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAYWARNINGS AND INDICATORS

1. Engine start operation

2. No Key Detected

3. Shift to Park

4. Key Battery Low

5. Engine start operation for Intelligent Key sys-tem (if I-Key battery level is low)

6. Key ID Incorrect

7. Release Parking Brake

8. Low Fuel

9. Low Washer Fluid

10. Door/Liftgate Open

11. I-Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual

12. Loose Fuel Cap

13. Tire Pressure Low – Add Air

14. Flat Tire – Visit Dealer (if so equipped)

15. Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle

16. All Wheel Drive (AWD) Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

17. All Wheel Drive (AWD) High Temp. StopVehicle (if so equipped)

18. All Wheel Drive (AWD) Tire Size IncorrectSee Owner’s Manual (if so equipped)

19. Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery

20. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

21. Power will turn off to save the battery

22. Power turned off to save the battery

23. Reminder: Turn OFF headlights

24. Alarm – Time for a break?

25. Driver Attention Alert — Take a Break?

26. Driver Attention Alert Malfunction

27. Low Outside Temperature

28. Cruise indicators

29. Transmission Shift Position Indicator

30. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual

31. BSW/RCTA system malfunction: See Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped)

32. FEB/PFCW system malfunction: See Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped)

33. ICC system On indicator (if so equipped)

Engine start operation

This indicator appears when the shift lever is inthe P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine will start bypushing the ignition switch with the brake pedaldepressed. You can start the engine from anyposition of the ignition switch.

No Key Detected

This warning appears when the Intelligent Key isleft outside the vehicle with the ignition switch inthe ON position. Make sure the Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle.

For additional information about the IntelligentKey, refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®” in the“Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section ofthis manual.

Shift to Park

This warning illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ACC or OFF position and the shift leveris not in P (Park) position. Also, a chime soundswhen the ignition switch is in the ACC or OFFposition.

If this warning illuminates, move the shift lever tothe P (Park) position or start the engine.

Key Battery Low

This indicator illuminates when the Intelligent Keybattery is running out of power.

If this indicator illuminates, replace the batterywith a new one. For additional information, refer


to “Battery replacement” in the “Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Engine start operation for Intelligent Keysystem (if I-Key battery level is low)

This indicator appears when the battery of theIntelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Keysystem and the vehicle are not communicatingnormally.

If this appears, touch the ignition switch with theIntelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal.For additional information, refer to “NISSAN In-telligent Key® battery discharge” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Key ID Incorrect

This warning appears when the ignition switch isplaced from the OFF position and the IntelligentKey is not recognized by the system. You cannotstart the engine with an unregistered key.

For additional information, refer to “NISSAN In-telligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section of this manual.

Release Parking Brake

This warning illuminates in the message area ofthe vehicle information display when the parkingbrake is set and the vehicle is driven.

Low Fuel

This warning illuminates when the fuel level in thefuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches 0 (Empty). There will be a small re-serve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).

Low Washer Fluid

This warning illuminates when the windshield-washer fluid is at a low level. Add windshield-washer fluid as necessary. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Windshield-washer fluid” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

Door/liftgate Open

This warning illuminates when a door has beenopened when the engine is running.

I-Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual

After the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, this light comes on for a period of timeand then turns off.

The I-Key System Error message warns of amalfunction with the Intelligent Key system. If thelight comes on while the engine is stopped, it maybe impossible to start the engine.

If the light comes on while the engine is running,you can drive the vehicle. However in thesecases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repair assoon as possible.

Loose Fuel Cap

This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap isnot tightened correctly after the vehicle has beenrefueled. For additional information, refer to“Fuel-filler cap” in the “Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section of this manual.

Tire Pressure Low - Add Air

This warning appears when the low tire pressurewarning light in the meter illuminates and low tirepressure is detected. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressures ofall four tires to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. For additional information, refer to“Low tire pressure warning light” in this sectionand “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Flat Tire – Visit Dealer (if so equipped)

This warning appears when the low tire pressurewarning light in the meter illuminates and one ormore flat tires are detected while driving. A chimealso sounds for approximately 10 seconds.


Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle

This warning appears in message area of thevehicle information display if low oil pressure isdetected. This gauge is not designed to indicatelow oil level. The low oil pressure warning isnot designed to indicate a low oil level. Usethe dipstick to check the oil level. For additionalinformation, refer to “Engine oil” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Error See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

This warning appears when the all-wheel drivesystem is not functioning properly while the en-gine is running.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) High Temp. StopVehicle (if so equipped)

This warning may appear while trying to free astuck vehicle due to increased oil temperature.The driving mode may change to 2-Wheel Drive(2WD). If this warning is displayed, stop thevehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safeto do so. Then if the warning turns off, you cancontinue driving.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Tire Size IncorrectSee Owner’s Manual (if so equipped)

This warning may appear if there is a large differ-ence between the diameters of the front and rearwheels. Pull off the road in a safe area, with theengine idling. Check that all the tire sizes are thesame, that the tire pressure is correct and that thetires are not excessively worn.

Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery

This warning appears when the battery is low andneeds to be charged.

Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

This warning may appear if the extended storagefuse switch is not pushed in (switched on). Whenthis warning appears, push in (switch on) theextended storage fuse switch to turn off thewarning. For additional information, refer to“Fuses” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

Power will turn off to save the battery

This message appears in the vehicle informationdisplay after a period of time if the ignition switchis in ACC or the ON position and if the vehicle isin P (Park). For additional information, refer to“Push-button ignition switch positions” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Power turned off to save the battery

This message appears after the ignition switch isautomatically turned to off. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Push-button ignition switch po-sitions” in the “Starting and driving”section of thismanual.

Reminder: Turn OFF headlights

This warning appears when the headlights areleft in the ON position when exiting the vehicle.Place the headlight switch in the OFF or AUTOposition. For additional information, refer to“Headlight and turn signal switch” in this section.

Alarm - Time for a break? (if so equipped)

This indicator appears when the driver selectedset time is reached. The time can be set up to sixhours.

Driver Attention Alert - Take a Break?

This alert appears when the system has detectedthat the driver may be displaying fatigue or a lackof attention.

Driver Attention Alert Malfunction

This warning appears when the Driver AttentionAlert system is not functioning properly. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Driver AttentionAlert” in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.


Low Outside Temperature

This warning appears if the outside temperatureis below 37°F (3°C). The temperature can bechanged to display in Celsius or Fahrenheit. Foradditional information, refer to “Temperature” inthis section.

Cruise indicators

This indicator shows the cruise control systemstatus.

When cruise control is activated, a green circlewill illuminate to indicate it is set. The vehicleinformation display will also display the speed thecruise control was set at. If you accelerate pastthe set speed, the speed will blink until you eithercancel cruise control or go back to the set speed.If cruise control is on and cancelled, the speedwill be displayed to show the speed the vehiclewill return to if the resume button his activated.

Transmission Shift Position Indicator

This indicator shows the transmission shift posi-tion.

CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual

This warning illuminates when the there is a prob-lem with the CVT system. If this warning comeson, have the system checked by a NISSANdealer.

BSW/RCTA System Malfunction: SeeOwner’s Manual (if so equipped)

This warning appears when the Blind SpotWarning/Rear Cross Traffic Alert systems are notfunctioning properly. For additional information,refer to “Blind Spot Warning system” and “RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system” in the “Start-ing and driving” section of this manual.

FEB/PFCW System Malfunction: SeeOwner’s Manual (if so equipped)

This warning appears when the Forward Emer-gency Braking/Predictive Forward Collisionwarning systems are not functioning properly. Foradditional information, refer to “Forward Emer-gency Braking System” and “Predictive ForwardCollision Warning” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system ONindicator (if so equipped)

This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol (ICC) system status. The status is shown bythe color. For additional information, refer to “In-telligent Cruise Control (ICC) System” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Your vehicle has two types of security systems:

● Vehicle security system

● NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visual andaudible alarm signals if someone opens thedoors, trunk, liftgate or the hood when the systemis armed. It is not, however, a motion detectiontype system that activates when a vehicle ismoved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior orexterior vehicle components in all situations. Al-

LIC2930

SECURITY SYSTEMS


ways secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your Intelligent Key inthe vehicle, and always lock the vehicle whenunattended. Be aware of your surroundings, andpark in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection, suchas component locks, identification markers, andtracking systems, are available at auto supplystores and specialty shops. A NISSAN dealermay also offer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may be eligiblefor discounts for various theft protection features.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows. (The system can bearmed even if the windows are open.)

2. Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.

3. Close all doors, hood and trunk/liftgate.Lock all doors. The doors can be locked withthe Intelligent Key, door handle requestswitch (if so equipped), or mechanical key.

4. Confirm that the security indicatorlight stays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed.The vehicle security system will automati-cally shift into the armed phase. Thesecurity light begins to flash once every

three seconds. If during the pre-armedphase one of the following occurs, the sys-tem will not arm:

● Any door is unlocked with the mechanicalkey, the intelligent key or door requestswitch (if so equipped).

● Ignition switch is placed in ACC or ONposition.

● Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willactivate with all the doors, hood andtrunk lid locked with the ignition switchplaced in the LOCK position. Whenplacing the ignition switch in the ACCor ON position, the system will be re-leased.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give the followingalarm:

● The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently but synchronously.

● The alarm automatically turns off after a pe-riod of time. However, the alarm reactivates ifthe vehicle is tampered with again.

The alarm is activated by:

● opening any door or hood without using thekey or Intelligent Key (even if the door is un-locked by releasing the door inside lock knob).

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm stops only by unlocking a door or thetrunk/liftgate with the mechanical key, pressingthe button on the Intelligent Key, or press-ing the request switch on the driver’s or passen-ger’s door with the Intelligent Key in range of thedoor handle.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of aregistered key.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.


NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to op-erate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired operationof the device.

Security indicator light

The security indicator light blinks whenever theignition switch is placed in the OFF, LOCK or ACCposition. This function indicates the NISSAN Ve-hicle Immobilizer System is operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal-functioning, the light will remain on while theignition switch is placed in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer forNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser-vice as soon as possible. Please bring allregistered keys that you have when visitinga NISSAN dealer for service.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the window and ob-scure your vision which may lead to anaccident. Warm the window with the de-froster before you wash the window.

CAUTION

● Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

● Do not operate the washer if the reser-voir tank is empty.

● Do not fill the window washer reservoirwith washer fluid concentrates at fullstrength. Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates may perma-nently stain the grille if spilled whilefilling the window washer reservoir.

● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir. Donot use the window washer reservoir tomix the washer fluid concentrate andwater.

LIC0474

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH


If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted bysnow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protectits motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch tothe OFF position and remove the snow or ice thatis on and around the wiper arms. In approximately1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate thewiper.

SWITCH OPERATION

The windshield wiper and washer operates whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

�1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operationcan be adjusted by turning the knob toward�A (Slower) or away �B (Faster).

�2 Low (LO) — continuous low speed operation

�3 High (HI) — continuous high speed opera-tion

Lift the lever up �4 to have one sweep operation(MIST) of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you �5 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate several times.

LIC3028


WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the window and ob-scure your vision. Warm the rear windowwith the defroster before you wash therear window.

CAUTION

● Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

● Do not operate the washer if the reser-voir is empty.

● Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with washer fluid concen-trates at full strength. Some methyl al-cohol based washer fluid concentratesmay permanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the windshield-washer fluid reser-voir. Do not use the windshield-washerfluid reservoir to mix the washer fluidconcentrate and water.

If the rear window wiper operation is interruptedby snow, etc., the wiper may stop moving toprotect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiperswitch to OFF and remove the snow, etc. on andaround the wiper arms. After about 1 minute, turnthe switch ON again to operate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer operate whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position. Turn theswitch clockwise from the OFF position to oper-ate the wiper.

�1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation(not adjustable)

�2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed opera-tion

Push the switch forward �3 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate several times.

LIC3101

REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH


To defrost the rear window glass and outsidemirrors (if so equipped), start the engine andpush the rear window defroster switch on. Therear window defroster indicator light on theswitch comes on. Push the switch again to turnthe defroster off.

The rear window defroster automatically turns offafter approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or dam-age the rear window defroster.

NOTE:

The top and bottom few rows of wires onthe rear window are not part of the rearwindow defroster system. These wiresmake up the antenna for the audio system.

HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

Lighting

�1 When turning the switch to the posi-tion, the front parking, tail, license plate andinstrument panel lights come on.

�2 When turning the switch to the posi-tion, the headlights come on and daytimerunning lights switch to front parking All theother lights remain on.

LIC2923 LIC3027

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR (if so equipped)DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


CAUTION

Use the headlights only with the enginerunning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

Autolight systemThe autolight system allows the headlights to turnon and off automatically. The autolight systemcan:

● Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail,license plate and instrument panel lights au-tomatically when it is dark.

● Turn off all the lights (except daylight runninglights) when it is light.

● Keep all the lights on for a period of time afteryou place the ignition switch in the OFFposition and all doors are closed.

NOTE:

Autolight activation sensitivity and the timedelay for autolight shutoff can be adjusted.For additional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in this section.To turn on the autolight system:

1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi-tion �1 .

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3. The autolight system automatically turns theheadlights on and off.

Initially, if the ignition switch is turned OFF and adoor is opened and left open, the headlightsremain ON for a period of time. If another door isopened while the headlights are on, then thetimer is reset.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to

the OFF, , or position.

SIC3268


Be sure you do not put anything on top ofthe autolight sensor located in the top side�1 of the instrument panel. The autolightsensor controls the autolight; if it is cov-ered, the autolight sensor reacts as if it isdark out and the headlights will illuminate.If this occurs while parked with the engineoff and the ignition switch placed in the ONposition, your vehicle’s battery could be-come discharged.

Headlight beam select

�1 To select the high beam function, push thelever forward. The high beam lights come onand the light illuminates.

�2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam.

�3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes theheadlight high beams on and off.

Battery saver systemThe battery saver automatically turns off the igni-tion after a period of time when the ignition switchis left in the ACC (if so equipped) or ON position.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMThe daytime running lights automatically illumi-nate when the engine is started with the parkingbrake released. The daytime running lights oper-ate with the headlight switch in the OFF positionor in the position. Turn the headlight switchto the position for full illumination whendriving at night.If the parking brake is applied before the engine isstarted, the daytime running lights do not illumi-nate. The daytime running lights illuminate whenthe parking brake is released. The daytime run-ning lights will remain on until the ignition switchis placed in the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are noton. It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could causean accident injuring yourself and others.

LIC2237 SIC3269


INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROLPush the “-” button �A to decrease the bright-ness of instrument panel lights when driving atnight.

Push the “+” button �B to increase the bright-ness of instrument panel lights when driving atnight.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

�1 Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signal cancels automatically.

Lane change signal

�2 Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever does notlatch, to signal a lane change. Hold the leveruntil the lane change is completed.Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever does notlatch, and release the lever. The turn signalwill automatically flash three times.

Choose the appropriate method to signal a lanechange based on road and traffic conditions.

LIC2624 SIC3271


FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switchto the position, then turn the fog lightswitch to the position.To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switchin the AUTO position, the headlights must be on,then turn the fog light switch to the posi-tion.To turn the fog lights off, turn the fog light switchto the OFF position.

The headlights must be on and the low beamsselected for the fog lights to operate. The foglights automatically turn off when the high beamheadlights are selected.

To sound the horn, push near the horn icon on thesteering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front air bagsystem may result in serious personalinjury.

The heated steering wheel system is designed tooperate only when the surface temperature of thesteering wheel is below 68°F (20°C).

Push the heated steering wheel switch to warmthe steering wheel after the engine starts. Theindicator light will come on.

If the surface temperature of the steering wheel isbelow 68°F (20°C), the system will heat thesteering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain atemperature above 68°F (20°C). The indicatorlight will remain on as long as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heated steeringwheel system off manually. The indicator light willgo off.

SIC3272 WIC0249 LIC0421

HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if soequipped)


NOTE:

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the switchis turned on, the system will not heat thesteering wheel. This is not a malfunction.

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, asdesired. The indicator light in the switch willilluminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

3. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switchoff.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupants cannotmonitor elevated seat temperatures orhave an inability to feel pain in body partsthat contact the seat. Use of the seatheater by such people could result in seri-ous injury.

CAUTION

● The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.

● Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using theseat.

● Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket, cush-ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seatmay become overheated.

● Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theheater.

● Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with adry cloth.

LIC2876

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


● When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi-lar materials.

● If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checkedby your NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupants cannotmonitor elevated seat temperatures orhave an inability to feel pain in body partsthat contact the seat. Use of the seatheater by such people could result in seri-ous injury.

CAUTION

● The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.

● Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using theseat.


● Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theheater.

● Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with adry cloth.


● If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

HEATED 2ND ROW SEATS (if soequipped)


The 2nd row seats are warmed by built-in heat-ers. The switches are located on the rear of thefront center console and can be operated inde-pendently of each other.


2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, asdesired. The indicator light in the switch willilluminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

3. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switchoff.

The climate controlled seat warms up or coolsdown the front seat by blowing warm or cool airfrom under the surface of the seat. The climatecontrol switch is located on the center console.

The climate controlled seat can be operated asfollows:


2. Turn the control knob �A to the heat side �1or the cool side �2 . The indicator light �B onthe control knob will illuminate.

LIC2876 SIC4334

CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATSWITCH (if so equipped)


3. Adjust the desired amount of air using thecontrol knob. The climate controlled seatblower remains on low speed for approxi-mately 60 seconds after turning the switchon or selecting the desired temperature.

4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed orcooled, or before you leave the vehicle, besure to turn the control knob to the Off(center) position. The indicator light �B onthe control knob goes off with the switch inthe off (center) position.

To check the air filter for the climate controlledseat, contact a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theclimate controlled seats if you or the oc-cupants can not monitor seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inthose body parts in contact with the seat.Use of the climate controlled seats bysuch people could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

● The battery could run down if the cli-mate control seat is operated while theengine is not running.

● Do not use the climate control seat forextended periods or when no one isusing the seat.


● Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobjects. This may result in damage tothe climate controlled seat.

● Any liquid spilled on the seat should beremoved immediately with a dry cloth

● The climate controlled seat has an airfilter. Do not operate the climate con-trolled seat without an air filter. Thismay result in damage to the system.


● If any malfunctions are found or theclimate controlled seat does not oper-ate, turn the switch off and have thesystem checked by your NISSAN dealer.

The vehicle should be driven with the VDC sys-tem on for most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDCsystem reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. Ifmaximum engine power is needed to free a stuckvehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFFswitch. The indicator will come on.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engineto turn on the system. For additional information, referto “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

LIC1548

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH


12V OUTLETSThe power outlets are for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones. Theyare rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A) maximum.

The front and center console power outlets arepowered only when the ignition switch is in theACC (if so equipped) or ON position.

CAUTION

● The outlet and plug may be hot duringor immediately after use.

● Only certain power outlets are designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit. Donot use any other power outlet for anaccessory lighter. See your NISSANdealer for additional information.

● Do not use with accessories that exceeda 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

● Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.

● Use power outlets with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

● Avoid using power outlets when the airconditioner, headlights or rear windowdefroster is on.

● Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned OFF.

Instrument PanelLIC3002

Center ConsoleLIC2616

Cargo AreaLIC2617

POWER OUTLETS


● Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plug mayoverheat or the internal temperaturefuse may open.

● When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any otherliquid to contact the outlet.

SEATBACK POCKETS

There is a pocket located on the back of the driverand passenger seats. These pockets can beused to store maps.

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passen-ger’s advanced air bag system, please ob-serve the following items:

● Do not allow a passenger in the 2nd rowto push or pull on the seatback pocketor headrest.

● Do not place heavy loads heavier than2.2 lbs. (1 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

LIC2618

STORAGE


SUNGLASSES HOLDERTo open the sunglasses holder, push and release.

Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to prevent an accident.

CAUTION

● Do not use for anything other thansunglasses.

● Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage thesunglasses.

CUP HOLDERS

LIC2312

Front consoleLIC2914


CAUTION

Do not recline the rear seatback when youuse the cup holders on the rear armrest.Doing so may cause the beverages to spillover, and if they are hot, they may scaldthe passengers.

CAUTION

● Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, itcan scald you or your passenger. Spilledliquid can also damage the seat climatesystem.

● Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

CAUTION

● Do not use bottle holder for any otherobjects that could be thrown about inthe vehicle and possibly injure peopleduring sudden braking or an accident.

● Do not use bottle holder for open liquidcontainers.

Bench seatLIC2915

Bottle holder — frontLIC2622


GLOVE BOXOpen the glove box by pulling the handle.

Use the master key to lock or unlock the glovebox. The valet key (if so equipped) cannot beused to lock or unlock the glove box.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

CONSOLE BOXTo open the console box, press in on the leverand raise the lid.

To close, push the lid down until the lock latches.

Bottle holder — rearLIC2933 LIC3003 LIC2916


LUGGAGE HOOKS

When securing items using luggage hooks lo-cated on the back of the seat or side finisher donot apply a load over more than 6.5 lbs (29 N) toa single hook.

The luggage hooks that are located on the floorshould have loads less than 110 lbs (490 N) to asingle hook.

The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargowith ropes or other types of straps.

WARNING

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-lision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

● Use suitable ropes and hooks to securecargo.

● Never allow anyone to ride in the lug-gage area. It is extremely dangerous toride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle.In a collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed.

● Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not equipped withseats and seat belts.

● The child restraint top tether strap maybe damaged by contact with items inthe cargo area. Secure any items in thecargo area. Your child could be seri-ously injured or killed in a collision ifthe top tether strap is damaged.

● Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in aseat and using a seat belt properly.

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

Genuine NISSAN accessory cross bars are avail-able through your NISSAN dealer. Contact anNISSAN dealer for crossbar or other equipmentinformation.

Always distribute the luggage evenly on the crossbars. Do not load more than 100 lb (45 kg) on thecross bars. Observe the maximum load limitshown on the cross bars or roof carriers whenyou attach them on the roof cross bars. Contactan NISSAN dealer for crossbar or other equip-ment information.

LTI2113 LIC3006


Do not apply any load directly to the roof siderails. Cross bars must be installed before apply-ing load/cargo/luggage to the roof of the vehicle.

Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or itsGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front andrear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on theF.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (lo-cated on the driver’s door pillar). For additionalinformation regarding GVWR and GAWR, referto “Vehicle loading information” in the “Technicaland customer information” section of this manual.

WARNING

● Drive extra carefully when the vehicle isloaded at or near the cargo carryingcapacity, especially if the significantportion of that load is carried on thecross bars.

● Heavy loading of the cross bars has thepotential to affect the vehicle stabilityand handling during sudden or unusualhandling maneuvers.

● Roof rack cross bars should be evenlydistributed.

● Do not exceed maximum roof rack crossbars load.

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause personalinjury.

CAUTION

Always install the cross bars onto the roofside rails before loading cargo of any kind.Loading cargo directly onto the roof siderails or the vehicle’s roof may cause ve-hicle damage.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

● Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehicle whileit is in motion and before closing thewindows. Use the window lock switch toprevent unexpected use of the powerwindows.

● Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls and becometrapped in a window. Unattended chil-dren could become involved in seriousaccidents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, or for aperiod of time after the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’sdoor is opened during this period of time, thepower to the windows is canceled.

WINDOWS


1. Window lock button2. Power door lock switch3. Driver side automatic switch4. Front passenger side switch5. Left rear passenger side switch6. Right rear passenger side switch

Driver’s side power window switchThe driver’s side control panel is equipped withswitches to open or close all of the windows.

To open a window, push the switch to the firstdetent and continue to hold down until the de-sired window position is reached. To close awindow, pull the switch to the first detent andcontinue to hold up until the desired windowposition is reached.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the window lock switch is depressed, onlythe driver’s side window can be opened orclosed. Push it again to cancel the window lockfunction. Front passenger’s power window

switchThe passenger’s window switch operates onlythe corresponding passenger’s window. To openthe window partially, push the switch down �1lightly until the desired window position isreached. To close the window partially, pull theswitch up �2 until the desired window position isreached.

LIC2396 LIC2397


Rear power window switchThe rear power window switches open or closeonly the corresponding windows. To open thewindow, push the switch and hold it down �1 . Toclose the window, pull the switch up �2 .

Automatic operation

To fully open a window, press the window switchdown to the second detent and release it; it neednot be held. The window automatically opens allthe way. To stop the window, lift the switch upwhile the window is opening.

To fully close a window, pull the switch up to thesecond detent and release it; it need not be held.To stop the window, press the switch down whilethe window is closing.

Auto-reverse functionThe auto-reverse function can be activated whena window is closed by automatic operation.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto-reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the window oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the window.

If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected, replaced,or jump started, the power window auto-reversefunction may not operate properly. If this occurs,please contact the dealer to re-initialize thepower window auto-reverse system.

If the control unit detects something caught in awindow equipped with automatic operation, as itis closing, the window will be immediately low-ered.

LIC2663 LIC0410


The moonroof will only operate when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. The moon-roof is operational for a period of time, even if theignition switch is placed in the ACC (if soequipped) or OFF position. If the driver’s door orthe front passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of time, the power to the moonroof iscanceled.

Sliding the moonroof (Type A - if soequipped)

To fully open or close the moonroof, push theswitch to the open �1 or close �2 position andrelease it; it need not be held. The roof will

automatically open or close all the way. To stopthe roof, push the switch once more while it isopening or closing.

Sliding the moonroof (Type B - if soequipped)

To open the moonroof, push the switch to theopen �1 position and release it; it need not beheld. The roof will automatically open and stopslightly before the fully open position to reducewind noise.

Press the switch again to fully open the moon-roof.

To close the moonroof, push the switch to the �2position and release it. The roof will automaticallyclose all the way.

To stop the moonroof, push the switch once morewhile it is opening or closing.

Tilting the moonroof

To tilt up, first close the moonroof, then push theswitch to the tilt up position �1 and release it; itneed not be held. To tilt down the moonroof, pushthe switch to the tilt down position �2 .

Auto-reverse function (when closing ortilting down the moonroof)

The auto-reverse function can be activated whenthe moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto-matic operation when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position or for a period of timeafter the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto-reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the moonroof.

When closing

If the control unit detects something caught in themoonroof as it moves to the front, the moonroofwill immediately open backward.

LIC2644

POWER MOONROOF (if so equipped)


When tilting down

If the control unit detects something caught in themoonroof as it tilts down, the moonroof will im-mediately tilt up.

If the auto-reverse function malfunctions and re-peats opening or tilting up the moonroof, keeppushing the tilt down switch within 5 secondsafter it happens; the moonroof will fully closegradually. Make sure nothing is caught in themoonroof.

WARNING

● In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open moonroof.Always use seat belts and childrestraints.

● Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body out ofthe moonroof opening while the vehicleis in motion or while the moonroof isclosing.

CAUTION

● Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the moonroof before opening.

● Do not place heavy objects on themoonroof or surrounding area.

Panoramic sunshade

The panoramic sunshade operates when the ig-nition switch is in the ON position. When openingor closing the sunshade the switch need not beheld.

To open the sunshade:

● To fully open the sunshade, push the switch�1 toward the open position.

To close the sunshade:

● To fully close the sunshade, push the switch�2 toward the close position.

WARNING

● To avoid personal injury, keep yourhands, fingers and head away from thesunshade arm, the arm rail and sun-shade inlet port.

● Do not allow children near the rear sun-shade system. They could be injured.

● Do not place objects on or near the rearsunshade. This could cause improperoperation or damage it.

● Do not pull or push the rear sunshade.This could cause improper operation ordamage it.

CAUTION

● Do not place objects (such as newspa-pers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sun-shade inlet port. Doing so may entanglethese objects in the sunshade when it isextending or retracting, causing im-proper operation or damage to thesunshade.

● Do not push the sunshade arm withyour hands, etc., as this may deform it.Improper operation or damage to thesunshade may result.

● Do not put any object into the sunshadeinlet port as this may result in improperoperation or damage the sunshade.

● Do not hang any object on the arm railas this may result in improper operationor damage the sunshade.

● Do not forcefully pull the sunshade. Do-ing so may elongate the sunshade. Im-proper operation or damage to the sun-shade may result.

If the moonroof does not closeHave your NISSAN dealer check and repair themoonroof.


When the ON switch �1 is pressed, the footwelllights (if so equipped), step lights (if soequipped), map lights and rear personal lightswill automatically turn on and stay on for a periodof time when:

● The doors are unlocked by the IntelligentKey, a key or the request switch (if soequipped) while all doors are closed and theignition switch is in the OFF position.

● The driver’s door is opened and then closedwhile the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-tion.

● When individually pushed.

When the OFF switch �2 is pushed, the interiorlights will illuminate when pushed. When theDOOR/OFF switch is pressed and the ONswitch is pressed, all of the lights will come on.

NOTE:

The footwell lights and step lights illumi-nate when the driver and passenger doorsare open regardless of the interior lightswitch position. These lights will turn offautomatically after a period of time whiledoors are open to prevent the battery frombecoming discharged.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.

CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)The console light will turn on whenever the park-ing lights or headlights are illuminated.

The console light brightness can be adjustedwith the illumination brightness control in thevehicle information display.

LIC2302 LIC2303

INTERIOR LIGHT


Push the button to turn the map lights on. To turnthem off, press the button again.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.

To turn the rear personal lights on, press theswitch. To turn them off, press the switch again.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver providesa convenient way to consolidate the functions ofup to three individual hand-held transmitters intoone built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

● Will operate most Radio Frequency devicessuch as garage doors, gates, home and of-fice lighting, entry door locks and securitysystems.

● Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLink® will retain all program-ming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the originaltransmitter for future programming proce-dures (Example: new vehicle purchases).Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes. Foradditional information, refer to “Program-ming HomeLink®” in this section.

LIC2304Rear personal lights

LIC1083

MAP LIGHTS PERSONAL LIGHTS HOMELINK® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


WARNING

● Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and re-verse features as required by federalsafety standards. (These standards be-came effective for opener modelsmanufactured after April 1, 1982). A ga-rage door opener which cannot detectan object in the path of a closing garagedoor and then automatically stop andreverse, does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injury ordeath.

● During the programming procedureyour garage door or security gate willopen and close (if the transmitter iswithin range). Make sure that people orobjects are clear of the garage door,gate, etc. that you are programming.

● Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while programming the HomeLink®Universal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLink® buttons, refer tothe HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.comor call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi-tion (if so equipped) when programmingHomeLink®. It is also recommended that anew battery be placed in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink® for quicker pro-gramming and accurate transmission ofthe radio-frequency.

1. Position the end of your hand-held transmit-ter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from theHomeLink® surface, keeping theHomeLink® indicator light �1 in view.

2. Using both hands, simultaneously press andhold the desired HomeLink® button andhand-held transmitter button. DO NOT re-lease until the HomeLink® indicator light �1flashes slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. (The rapid flashing indi-cates successful programming.)

NOTE:

Some devices may require you to replaceStep 2 with the cycling procedure noted in“Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers” in this sec-tion.

LIC2365


3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe the indica-tor light.

● If the indicator light �1 issolid/continuous, programming iscomplete and your device should acti-vate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

● If the indicator light �1 blinks rapidly fortwo seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continuewith Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device.A second person may make the followingsteps easier. Use a ladder or other device.

Do not stand on your vehicle to performthe next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garage dooropener motor in the garage, locate the“learn”or “smart”button (the name and colorof the button may vary by manufacturer but itis usually located near where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the unit). If thereis difficulty locating the button, reference thegarage door opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart” but-ton.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press andhold the trained HomeLink® button for twoseconds and release. Repeat the“press/hold/release” sequence up to threetimes to complete the training process.HomeLink® should now activate your rollingcode equipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are having diffi-culty programming your HomeLink® buttons,refer to the HomeLink® web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS ANDGATE OPENERS

Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmit-ter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after severalseconds of transmission – which may not be longenough for HomeLink® to pick up the signalduring training. Similar to this Canadian law,some U.S. gate operators are designed to “tim-eout” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are having difficultiestraining a gate operator or garage door openerby using the “Training” procedures, replace“Programming HomeLink®” Step 2 with the fol-lowing:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”process to prevent possible damage to thegarage door opener components.

1. For additional information, refer to “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” step 1 in this sec-tion.

2. Using both hands, simultaneously press andhold the desired HomeLink® button and thehand-held transmitter button. During train-ing, your hand-held transmitter may auto-

LIC2366


matically stop transmitting. Continue topress and hold the desired HomeLink® but-ton while you press and re-press (“cycle”)your hand-held transmitter every 2 secondsuntil the frequency signal has been learned.The HomeLink® indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly after several secondsupon successful training. DO NOT releaseuntil the HomeLink® indicator light flashesslowly and then rapidly. When the indicatorlight flashes rapidly, both buttons may bereleased. The rapid flashing indicates suc-cessful training.Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.If the device was unplugged during the pro-gramming procedure, remember to plug itback in when programming is completed.

OPERATING THE HOMELINK®UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after it isprogrammed, can be used to activate the pro-grammed device. To operate, simply press andrelease the appropriate programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver button. Theamber indicator light will illuminate while the sig-nal is being transmitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of thedevice may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSISIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

● replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

● position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

● press and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

● position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 in(26 - 76 mm) away from the HomeLink®surface. Hold the transmitter in that positionfor up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is notprogrammed within that time, try holding thetransmitter in another position – keeping theindicator light in view at all times.

If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLink® buttons, refer tothe HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.comor call 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONThe following procedure clears the programmedinformation from both buttons. Individual buttonscannot be cleared. However, individual buttonscan be reprogrammed. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button” in this section.

To clear all programming:

1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®buttons until the indicator light begins toflash in approximately 10 seconds. Do nothold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programming modeand can be programmed at any time beginningwith “Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1.


REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHOMELINK® BUTTONTo reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® but-ton. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash after20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contact HomeLink®at: www.homelink.com or 1–800–355–3515(except Mexico).

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonhas now been reprogrammed. The new devicecan be activated by pushing the HomeLink®button that was just programmed. This procedurewill not affect any other programmed HomeLink®buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLink®. Consult theOwner’s Manual of each device or call the manu-facturer or dealer of those devices for additionalinformation.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyreceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.


MEMO


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9How to use the remote keyless entryfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Remote engine start operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Canceling a remote start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Conditions the remote start will not work . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Operating the manual liftgate(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Operating the power liftgate (if so equipped) . . . . . 3-23Power liftgate main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Liftgate release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Liftgate position setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Opener operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Tilt/telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Manual operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Automatic operation (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Card holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Rearview mirror (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Automatic Anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 3-35Memory storage function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35Entry/exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36System operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

1. Intelligent Key (two sets)2. Mechanical key3. Key number plate (one plate)

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®

Your vehicle can only be driven with the IntelligentKeys which are registered to your vehicle’s Intel-ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve-hicle Immobilizer System components. As manyas four Intelligent Keys can be registered andused with one vehicle. The new keys must beregistered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use withthe Intelligent Key system and NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System of your vehicle. Since theregistration process requires erasing all memoryin the Intelligent Key components when register-ing new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keysthat you have to the NISSAN dealer.

Type A (if so equipped)LPD0350

Type B (if so equipped)LPD2279

Type C (if so equipped)LPD2052

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safe place(such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you loseyour keys, see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates byusing the key number. NISSAN does not recordkey numbers so it is very important to keep trackof your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, a NISSAN dealer canduplicate it.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the IntelligentKey:

● Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, tocome into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect the systemfunction.

● Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

● Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharplyagainst another object.

● Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

● Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-mediately wipe until it is completely dry.

● Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 60°C (140°F).

● Do not attach the Intelligent Key with akey holder that contains a magnet.

● Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipment andpersonal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,NISSAN recommends erasing the ID codeof that Intelligent Key from the vehicle.This may prevent the unauthorized use ofthe Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle.For information regarding the erasingprocedure, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Mechanical key

The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key.

To remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob on the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns tothe lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedriver’s door.

SPA1951

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key installedin the Intelligent Key slot.

For additional information, refer to “Doors” in thissection.

Valet hand-offWhen you have to leave a key with a valet, givethem the Intelligent Key itself and keep the me-chanical key with you to protect your belongings.

To prevent the glove box from being openedduring valet hand-off, follow the procedure be-low.

1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli-gent Key.

2. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key.

3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet andkeep the mechanical key with you.

For additional information, refer to “Storage” inthe “Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

When the doors are locked using one of thefollowing methods, the doors cannot be openedusing the inside or outside door handles. Thedoors must be unlocked to open the doors.

WARNING

● Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seat belts,this provides greater safety in the eventof an accident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown from thevehicle. This also helps keep childrenand others from unintentionally open-ing the doors, and will help keep outintruders.

● Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

● Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in seri-ous accidents.

LOCKING WITH KEY

ManualTo lock a door, turn the key toward the front of thevehicle �1 . To unlock, turn the key toward the rear�2 .

Driver’s sideLPD2129

DOORS


Power

The power door lock system allows you to lock orunlock all doors at the same time.

Turning the key toward the front �1 of the vehiclelocks all doors.

Turning the key one time toward the rear �2 of thevehicle unlocks that door. From that position,returning the key to neutral �3 (where the key canonly be removed and inserted) and turning ittoward the rear again �4 within 45 secondsunlocks all doors.

Opening and closing windowsThe driver’s door key operation allows you toopen and close windows equipped with auto-matic operation at the same time.

● To open the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey toward the rear of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second after the door is unlocked.

● To close the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey toward the front of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second after the door is locked.

Windows stop when the key cylinder is released.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOBTo lock the door without the key, move the insidelock knob to the lock position �1 , then close thedoor.

To unlock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the unlock position �2 .

Driver’s sideLPD0461

Inside lockLPD2092


LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHTo lock all the doors without a key, push the doorlock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) tothe lock position �1 . When locking the door thisway, be certain not to leave the key inside thevehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’sside) to the unlock position �2 .

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS● All doors lock automatically when the vehicle

speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).

● All doors unlock automatically when the ig-nition switch is placed in the OFF position.

The automatic unlock function can be de-activated or activated. To deactivate or acti-vate the automatic door unlock system, performthe following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,push and hold the power door lock switch tothe position (UNLOCK) for more thanfive seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the hazardindicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed in theOFF and ON position again between eachsetting change.

When the automatic door unlock system is deac-tivated, the doors do not unlock when the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position. To unlockthe door manually, use the inside lock knob or thepower door lock switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s side).

NOTE:

The automatic door unlock function can bechanged using the Vehicle Settings in thevehicle information display. The “SelectiveUnlock” choices are:

● ON

● OFFLPD2093


CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety locks help prevent the rear doorsfrom being opened accidentally, especially whensmall children are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock levers are located on theedge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the LOCK position, thedoor can be opened only from the outside.

WARNING


● The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed.The FAA advises the radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and communi-cation systems. Do not operate the In-telligent Key while on an airplane. Makesure the buttons are not operated unin-tentionally when the unit is stored for aflight.

● Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor locks using the remote control function orpushing the request switch on the vehicle withouttaking the key out from a pocket or purse. Theoperating environment and/or conditions may af-fect the Intelligent Key system operation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when operating the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is capable of receiving andtransmitting radio waves. The Intelligent Key sys-tem transmits weak radio waves from variousdistances. Environmental conditions may inter-fere with the operation of the Intelligent Key sys-tem under the following operating conditions:

● When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, such asa TV tower, power station and broadcastingstation.

● When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,and CB radio.

● When the Intelligent Key is in contact with orcovered by metallic materials.

● When any type of radio wave remote controlis used nearby.

● When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personal com-puter.

● When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

LPD0420

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®


In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life isapproximately two years. If the battery is dis-charged, replace it with a new one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is low, an indi-cator illuminates in the Vehicle Information Dis-play. For additional information, refer to “VehicleInformation Display” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

Since the Intelligent Key is capable of receivingradio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such as sig-nals from a TV and personal computer, the bat-tery life may become shorter.

For additional information regarding replacementof a battery, refer to “Battery replacement” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis-tered and used with one vehicle. For informationabout the purchase and use of additional Intelli-gent Keys, see a NISSAN dealer.

OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range from the request switch �1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged orstrong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key operating rangebecomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key maynot function properly.

The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)from each request switch �1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass,handle or rear bumper, the request switches maynot function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push therequest switch to lock/unlock the doors.

LPD2286


DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

● Do not push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key held in your hand asillustrated. The close distance to the doorhandle will cause the Intelligent Key systemto have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli-gent Key is outside the vehicle.

● After locking with the door handle requestswitch, verify the doors are securely lockedby testing them.

● To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the vehicle, make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you and then lock thedoors.

● Do not pull the door handle before pushingthe door handle request switch. The doorwill be unlocked but will not open. Releasethe door handle once and pull it again toopen the door.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors without takingthe Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag.

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock or unlock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch within the range of opera-tion.

WPD0375 LPD2301


Locking doors

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position,place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion and make sure you carry the IntelligentKey with you.

2. Close all doors.

3. Push any door handle request switch whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

4. All doors and the rear liftgate will lock.

5. The hazard warning lights flash twice, theoutside buzzer sounds twice, and the frontand tail lights will turn on for 10 seconds.

NOTE:

● Request switches for all doors and lift-gate can be deactivated when the Intel-ligent Key Door Lock setting isswitched to OFF in the Vehicle Settingsof the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in the “In-struments and controls” section of thismanual.

● Doors lock with the door handle requestswitch while the ignition switch is not in theLOCK position.

● Doors do not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch while any door isopen. However, doors lock with the me-chanical key even if any door is open.

● Doors do not lock with the door handlerequest switch with the Intelligent Key insidethe vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you.However, when an Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle, doors can be locked with an-other Intelligent Key.

CAUTION

● After locking the doors using the re-quest switch, make sure that the doorshave been securely locked by operatingthe door handles or the rear liftgateopener switch.

● When locking the doors using the re-quest switch, make sure to have theIntelligent Key in your possession be-fore operating the request switch toprevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft in the vehicle.

● The request switch is operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has been de-tected by the Intelligent Key system.

LPD2300 LPD2278


Lockout protection

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci-dentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protectionis equipped with the Intelligent Key system.

When any door is open, the doors are locked,and then the Intelligent Key is put inside thevehicle and all the doors are closed; a chime willsound and the lock will automatically unlock.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelli-gent Key is in the same hand that is oper-ating the request switch to lock the door.Put the Intelligent Key in a purse, pocket oryour other hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not functionunder the following conditions:● When the Intelligent Key is placed on

top of the instrument panel.● When the Intelligent Key is placed in-

side the glove box or a storage bin.● When the Intelligent Key is placed in-

side the door pockets.● When the Intelligent Key is placed in-

side or near metallic materials.

Unlocking doors

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the door handle request switch.

3. The door on which the request switch waspressed will unlock and the hazard warninglights flash once, the outside buzzer soundsonce, and the front and tail lights will turn onfor 30 seconds.

4. Push the door handle request switch againwithin one minute to unlock the remainingdoors.

NOTE:

If Selective Unlock is turned off in the Ve-hicle Settings, all doors will unlock uponfirst request switch press.

For power liftgate opening:

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Press the power liftgate request switch.

LPD2300 LPD2278


NOTE:

Request switches for all doors and liftgatecan be deactivated when the Intelligent KeyDoor Lock setting is switched to OFF in theVehicle Settings of the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, refer to“Vehicle information display” in the “In-struments and controls” section of thismanual.

If a door handle is pulled while unlocking thedoors, that door may not be unlocked. Returningthe door handle to its original position will unlockthe door. If the door does not unlock after return-ing the door handle, push the door handle re-quest switch to unlock the door.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed withinone minute after pushing the request switch.

● Opening any door.

● Pushing the ignition switch.

The interior light timer illuminates for a period oftime when a door is unlocked and the room lightswitch is in the DOOR position.

The interior light can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the following operations:

● Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.

● Locking the doors with the remote control.

● Switching the room light switch to the OFFposition.

● Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFFposition in Vehicle Settings of the vehicleinformation display. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Vehicle information display” inthe “Instruments and controls” section.

HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION

The remote keyless entry function can operate alldoor locks using the remote keyless function ofthe Intelligent Key. The remote keyless functioncan operate at a distance of 33 ft (10 m) awayfrom the vehicle. The operating distance de-pends upon the conditions around the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function will not func-tion under the following conditions:

● When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.

● When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.

CAUTION

When locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave the key inthe vehicle.


Locking doors

1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion.

2. Close all doors.

3. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.

4. The hazard warning lights flash twice, thehorn beeps once, and the front and tail lightswill turn on for 10 seconds.

5. All doors will be locked.

CAUTION

After locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure that the doors have beensecurely locked by operating the doorhandles.

Unlocking doors

1. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.

2. The driver’s door will unlock and the hazardwarning lights flash once, and the front andtail lights will turn on for 30 seconds.

3. Press the button again within oneminute to unlock the remaining doors.

WPD0359 WPD0360


NOTE:

The unlocking operation can be changed inSelective door unlock in the Vehicle Set-tings of the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicle in-formation display” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.

NOTE:

If Selective Unlock is turned off in the Ve-hicle Settings, all doors will unlock uponthe first press of the Intelligent Keyremote.All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed withinone minute after pressing the button:

● Opening any doors.

● Pushing the ignition switch.The interior light illuminates for a period of timewhen a door is unlocked and the room lightswitch is in the DOOR position.

The light can be turned off without waiting byperforming one of the following operations:

● Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.

● Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.

● Switching the room light switch to the OFFposition.

● Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFFposition in Vehicle Settings of the vehicleinformation display. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Vehicle information display” inthe “Instruments and controls”section of thismanual.

Opening windowsThe Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneouslyopen windows equipped with automatic opera-tion.

● To open the windows, press and holdthe button on the Intelligent Key forlonger than 3 seconds.

The door windows will lower while holding downthe button on the Intelligent Key.

NOTE:

The windows will stop lowering at the timethe button is released.The door windows cannot be closed byusing the Intelligent Key.

Releasing the rear liftgate (if soequipped)The rear liftgate can be opened and closed byperforming the following:

● Press the button (if so equipped) forlonger than 1 second to open the rear lift-gate.

● Press the button (if so equipped)again for longer than 1 second to close therear liftgate.

When the button (if so equipped) ispressed during the open or close process theliftgate will reverse.

WPD0414


Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the panic alarm to call attentionby pressing and holding the button on theIntelligent Key for longer than 1 second.The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for aperiod of time.

The panic alarm stops when:

● It has run for a period of time, or

● Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key.

● The request switch on the driver or passen-ger door is pushed and the Intelligent Key isin range of the door handle.

● Back door open request switch pressedwith the Intelligent key is in range of the backdoor request switch area.

Using the interior light

Press the button on the Intelligent Keyonce to turn on the interior lights.For additional information, refer to “Interior light”in the “Instruments and controls” section in thismanual.

Answer back horn feature

If desired, the answer back horn feature can bedeactivated using the Intelligent Key. When it isdeactivated and the LOCK button ispushed, the hazard indicator lights flash twice.When the UNLOCK button is pushed, nei-ther the hazard indicator lights nor the horn op-erates.

WPD0415 WPD0362


NOTE:

If you change the answer back horn andlight flash feature with the Intelligent Key,the vehicle information display screen willshow the current mode after the ignitionswitch has been cycled from the OFF to theON position. The vehicle information dis-play screen can also be used to change theanswer back horn mode.

To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds.The hazard warning lights will flash three times toconfirm that the answer back horn feature hasbeen deactivated.

To activate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds oncemore.The hazard warning lights will flash once and thehorn will sound once to confirm that the hornbeep feature has been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si-lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from moving unex-pectedly by erroneous operation of the IntelligentKey or to help prevent the vehicle from beingstolen, a chime or buzzer sounds from inside andoutside the vehicle and a warning is displayed inthe instrument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or a warning isdisplayed, be sure to check the vehicle and theIntelligent Key.

For additional information, refer to the “Trouble-shooting guide” in this section and “Vehicle infor-mation display” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEVerify the location of all Intelligent Keys that areprogrammed for the vehicle. If another IntelligentKey is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehiclesystem may respond differently than expected.

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When stopping the engineThe Shift to Park warning appears on thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position.Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

When shifting the shift lever to the P (Park)position

The Push ignition to OFF warning appearsin the display.

The ignition switch is in the ACC position.Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

When opening the driver’s door to get outof the vehicle

The Door Open warning appears on thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC position.Place the ignition switch in the ON positionor close the driver’s door.

When closing the door after getting out ofthe vehicle

The No Key Detected warning appears onthe display, the outside chime sounds threetimes and the inside warning chime soundsfor approximately three seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The Shift to Park warning appears on thedisplay and the inside and outside chimessound continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFFposition and the shift lever is not in the P(Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) positionand place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

When closing the door with the inside lockknob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approximatelythree seconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handle requestswitch or the LOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approximatelytwo seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.


Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When pushing the ignition switch to startthe engine

The Intelligent Key battery indicator appearson the display.

The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one. (Foradditional information, refer to “Battery re-placement” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

The No Key Detected warning appears onthe display, the inside chime sounds threetimes.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switchThe Intelligent Key system warning light inthe meter illuminates in yellow.

It warns of a malfunction with the IntelligentKey system.

Contact a NISSAN dealer.


The button will be on the NISSAN Intelli-gent Key® if the vehicle has remote engine start.This feature allows the engine to start from out-side the vehicle.The following features may be affected when theremote start feature is used:

● The vehicle’s automatic climate control sys-tem will set the cabin temperature appropri-ately before the customer unlocks and en-ters the vehicle. For additional information,refer to “Remote engine start logic” in the“Display screen, heater, air conditioner, au-dio, and phone systems” section of thismanual.

● Vehicles equipped with heated seats mayhave this feature come on during a remotestart depending on the seat heater switchposition. For additional information, refer to“Heated seats” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

Laws in some local communities may restrict theuse of remote starters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote start to have thevehicle in view. Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

Other conditions may affect the function of theRemote Engine Start feature. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Conditions the remote start willnot work” in this section.

Other conditions can affect the performance ofthe Intelligent Key transmitter. For additional in-formation, refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®” inthis section.

REMOTE ENGINE STARTOPERATING RANGE

CAUTION

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wavesources are present near the operatinglocation, the Intelligent Key operatingrange becomes narrower, and the Intelli-gent Key may not function properly.

The remote engine start function can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within the speci-fied operating range from the vehicle.

The remote engine start operating range is ap-proximately 197 ft (60 m) from the vehicle.

LPD2293 LPD2060

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)


REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLETo use the remote start feature to start the engineperform the following:

1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Press the LOCK button to lock alldoors.

3. Within 5 seconds press and hold theremote start button until the turn signal lightsflash and the tail lamps turn on. If the vehicleis not within view press and hold theremote start button for at least 2 seconds.

The following events will occur when the enginestarts:

● The parking lights will turn on and remain onas long as the engine is running.

● The doors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

● The engine will continue to run for 10 min-utes. Repeat the steps to extend the time foran additional ten minutes. For additional in-formation, refer to “Extending engine runtime” in this section.

Depress and hold the brake then press the push-button ignition switch to the ON position beforedriving. For additional information, refer to “Driv-ing the vehicle” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe remote start feature can be extended onetime by performing the steps listed in “Remotestarting the vehicle” in this section. Run time willbe calculated as follows:

● The first 10 minute run time will start whenthe remote start function is performed.

● The second 10 minutes will start immedi-ately when the remote start function is per-formed again. For example, if the engine hasbeen running for 5 minutes, and 10 minutesare added, the engine will run for a total of15 minutes.

● Extending engine run time will bring you tothe two remote start limit.

A maximum of two remote starts, or a single startwith an extension, are allowed between ignitioncycles. The ignition switch must be cycled to theON position and then back to the OFF positionbefore the remote start procedure can be usedagain.

CANCELING A REMOTE STARTTo cancel a remote start, perform one of thefollowing:

● Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle andpress until the parking lights turn off.

● Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

● Cycle the ignition switch ON and then OFF.

● The extended engine run time has expired.

● The first 10 minute timer has expired.

● The engine hood has been opened.

● The shift lever is moved out of park.

● The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into thevehicle.

● The ignition switch is pushed without anIntelligent Key in the vehicle.

● The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelli-gent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal isnot depressed.


CONDITIONS THE REMOTE STARTWILL NOT WORKThe remote start will not operate if any of thefollowing conditions are present:

● “Remote Engine Start” is turned off in the“Locking” section of the Vehicle Settingsmenu.

● The ignition switch is placed in the ON po-sition.

● The hood is not securely closed.

● The hazard warning lights are on.

● The engine is still running. The engine mustbe completely stopped. Wait at least 6 sec-onds if the engine goes from running to off.This is not applicable when extending en-gine run time.

● The remote start button is not pressedand held for at least 2 seconds.

● The remote start button is not pressedand held within 5 seconds of pressing thelock button.

● The brake is pressed.

● The doors are not closed and locked.

● The trunk or back door is open.

● The I–Key Indicator Light remainssolid in the vehicle information display.

● The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into thevehicle.

● Two remote vehicle starts, or a single remotestart with an extension, have already beenused.

● The vehicle is not in P (Park).

● There is a detected registered key alreadyinside of the vehicle.

● The Remote Start function has beenswitched to the OFF position in Vehicle Set-tings of the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-mation display” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

The remote engine start may display a warning orindicator in the vehicle information display. Foradditional information and an explanation of thewarning or indicator, refer to “Vehicle informationdisplay” in the “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.


�1 Pull the hood lock release handle �1 locatedbelow the driver side instrument panel untilthe hood springs up slightly.

�2 Locate the lever �2 in between the hood andgrille and push the lever sideways with yourfingertips and raise the hood �3 .

When closing the hood, lower it slowly and makesure it locks into place.

WARNING

● Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving. Fail-ure to do so could cause the hood to flyopen and result in an accident.

● If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

WARNING

● Always be sure the liftgate has beenclosed securely to prevent it from open-ing while driving.

● Do not drive with the liftgate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gasesto be drawn into the vehicle. Refer to“Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.


● Always be sure that hands and feet areclear of the door frame to avoid injurywhile closing the liftgate.

CAUTION

Do not use accessory carriers that attachto the rear hatch. Doing so will cause dam-age to the vehicle.

LPD2287

HOOD LIFTGATE


OPERATING THE MANUALLIFTGATE (if so equipped)The power door lock system allows you to lock orunlock all doors including the liftgate simultane-ously.

To open the liftgate, press the request switch �Aand pull up on the handle.

To close, lower and push the liftgate down se-curely.

OPERATING THE POWER LIFTGATE(if so equipped)

WARNING

● Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc., inside the vehicle be-fore closing the liftgate.


NOTE:

To open, close or reverse the power liftgate,the shift lever must be in P (Park). Also, thepower liftgate will not operate if batteryvoltage is low.

Power Open:The power liftgate automatically moves from thefully closed position to the fully open position inapproximately 5 – 8 seconds. The power openfeature can be activated by the switch on theIntelligent Key, the instrument panel switch, theglove box switch and the liftgate request switch.

LPD2318

Liftgate switchLPD2358

Instrument panel switchLPD2212


The hazard lights flash and a chime sounds toindicate the power open sequence has beenstarted.

● The liftgate can be opened by the instrumentpanel switch, liftgate request switch and theIntelligent Key even if the vehicle is locked.The liftgate will individually unlock and open.Once the liftgate is closed, the vehicle willremain in the unlock status.

● The Intelligent Key button must be held for1 second before the liftgate opens.

● The liftgate must be unlocked to open it withthe liftgate opener switch �A .

A warning chime will sound if the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park) during a power openoperation.

Power Close:The power liftgate automatically moves from thefully open position to the secondary position.When the liftgate reaches the secondary posi-tion, the cinching motor engages and pulls theliftgate to its primary latch position. Power closetakes approximately 7 – 10 seconds. The powerclose feature can be activated by the switch onthe Intelligent Key, the instrument panel and theliftgate opener switch �A . The hazard lights flashand a chime sounds to indicate the power closesequence has been started.

● If the liftgate opener switch �A is activatedwhile the cinching motor is engaged, thecinching motor will disengage and releasethe latch.

● The Intelligent Key button must be held for1 second before the liftgate closes.

Reverse:The power liftgate will reverse direction immedi-ately during power open or power close if theIntelligent Key, instrument panel or liftgate switchis pushed or if the liftgate opener switch �A ispushed. A chime will sound to announce thereversal.

Auto Reverse:If an obstacle is detected during power open orpower close, a warning chime will sound and theliftgate will reverse direction and return to the full

Liftgate opener switchLPD2295


open or full close position. If a second obstacle isdetected, the liftgate motion will stop and theliftgate will enter manual mode.

A pinch strip is mounted on each side of theliftgate. If an obstacle is detected by a pinch stripduring power close, the liftgate will reverse direc-tion and return to the full open position.

NOTE:

If the pinch strip is damaged or removed,the power close function will not operate.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the liftgate.

Manual Mode:If power operation is not available, the liftgatemay be operated manually. Power operation maynot be available if the power liftgate main switchis in the ON position, if multiple obstacles havebeen detected in a single power cycle, or ifbattery voltage is low.

If the power liftgate opener switch is pushedduring power open or close, the power operationwill be canceled and the liftgate can be operatedmanually.

To open the liftgate manually, press the liftgateopener switch and lift the liftgate.

To close, lower and push the liftgate down se-curely.

Auto Power Back Door System BatteryPower Saving Mode:The vehicle goes into power saving mode whenthe liftgate is open for a long time (approximately12 hours). This is to prevent deterioration of thebattery. The power saving mode automaticallycuts the power supply of the power liftgate door.

When the power to the liftgate is cut off, themanual mode must be performed. After themanual mode is performed, the power liftgatefunction is restored.

NOTE:

When a battery voltage is lower than ap-proximately 11V, the power back door maynot operate after automatic return.

LPD2297


POWER LIFTGATE MAIN SWITCHThe power liftgate operation can be turned on oroff by the power liftgate main switch in the glovebox.

When the power liftgate main switch is pushed tothe OFF position, the power operation is notavailable by the power liftgate switch on theliftgate close switch or liftgate open switch �A or�B .

Power operation is available when in the OFFposition by the instrument panel switch and thekey fob button.

LIFTGATE RELEASE

WARNING

● Always be sure the liftgate has beenclosed securely to prevent it from open-ing while driving.

● Do not drive with the liftgate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gasesto be drawn into the vehicle. For addi-tional information, refer to “Exhaustgas (carbon monoxide)” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

● To avoid personal injury, do not attemptto activate the power liftgate if one orboth of the liftgate gas stays are removed.

CAUTION

● If the power liftgate does not stay open orif the liftgate unexpectedly closes at anytime while a continuous warning chimesounds, do not operate the liftgate. Theremay be a pressure loss in one or both ofthe liftgate gas stays. Have the liftgateinspected by a NISSAN dealer.

● Do not activate the power liftgate if oneor both of the liftgate gas stays areremoved. Damage to the liftgate orpower liftgate mechanisms may occur.

Liftgate release (manual and power)

The liftgate release mechanism allows the liftgateto be opened in the event of a discharged battery.

To release the liftgate from the inside of thevehicle, perform the following operations:

1. Position the rear bench seat forward. Foradditional information, refer to “Rear benchseat adjustment” in the “Safety — seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system”section of this manual.

2. Insert a suitable tool into the top accessopening at about a 45 degree angle androtate to the left until the lock releases.

SPA2547 LPD2319


3. Push the liftgate up to open.

NOTE:

If you had to open the liftgate using thisprocedure, have your vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

LIFTGATE POSITION SETTINGThe liftgate can be set to open to a specific heightby performing the following:

1. Open the liftgate using the request switch orthe Intelligent Key.

2. Pull the liftgate down to the desired positionand hold the liftgate (the liftgate will havesome resistance when being manually ad-justed).

3. While holding the liftgate in position, pressand hold the liftgate switch locatedon the liftgate for approximately 5 secondsor until two beeps are heard.

The liftgate will open to the selected positionsetting. To change the position of the liftgate,repeat Steps 1-3 for setting the position of theliftgate.

OPENER OPERATION

The fuel-filler lid release is located below theinstrument panel. To open the fuel-filler lid, pullthe release. To lock, close the fuel-filler lid se-curely.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

● Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seriouslyinjured if it is misused or mishandled.Always stop the engine and do notsmoke or allow open flames or sparksnear the vehicle when refueling.

● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.

● Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has abuilt-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emis-sion control system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunction andpossible injury. It could also causethe Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL) to come on.

● Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

LPD2022

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


● Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portable fuelcontainers:

– Always place the container on theground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you are fill-ing it.

– Use only approved portable fuel con-tainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

● Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. For additional information, re-fer to the “Recommended fuel” in the“Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

● The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap-pear if the fuel-filler cap is not properlytightened. It may take a few driving tripsfor the message to be displayed. Failureto tighten the fuel-filler cap properlyafter the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap-pears may cause the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.

● Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly may cause the Malfunc-tion Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.If the light illuminates becausethe fuel-filler cap is loose or missing,tighten or install the cap and continueto drive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few driving trips.If the light does not turn off after afew driving trips, have the vehicle in-spected by a NISSAN dealer.

● For additional information, refer to the“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthe “Instruments and Controls” sectionin this manual.

● If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise toremove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder �1while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

LPD2288


LOOSE FUEL CAP warning

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display when thefuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. It may take a fewdriving trips for the message to be displayed. Toturn off the warning message, perform the follow-ing:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soonas possible. For additional information, referto “Fuel-filler cap” in this section.

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3. Press the next button on the steeringwheel for about one second to turn off theLOOSE FUEL CAP warning message aftertightening the fuel-filler cap.

WARNING

● Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

● Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and comfort.The driver’s air bag inflates with greatforce. If you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out of posi-tion in any way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries from theair bag if you are up against it when itinflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far away as practicalfrom the steering wheel. Always use theseat belts.

LPD2298

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING


MANUAL OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt and telescopic operationPull the lock lever �1 down:

● Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection �2 to the desired position.

● Adjust the steering wheel forward or back-ward in direction �3 to the desired position.

Push the lock lever �1 up firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt and telescopic operation

To adjust the steering wheel move the switch �1in the following directions:

● Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection �2 to the desired tilt position.

● Adjust the steering wheel forward or back-ward in direction �3 to the desired tele-scopic position.

CAUTION

For vehicles with automatic drive posi-tioner: Failure to reset the tilt and tele-scoping functions of the steering wheel,after the vehicle’s battery has been dis-charged, may prevent the steering wheelposition from being adjusted.

For vehicles with automatic drive positioner: Boththe tilt and telescopic steering operation must bereset after the vehicle’s battery has been dis-charged in order to prevent the tilt and telescopicoperation from locking in one position. When thebattery has been recharged or replaced, performthe following:

● For tilt operation: Adjust the switch �1 sothe steering wheel moves to the highestposition �2 that can be reached.

● For telescopic operation: Adjust the switch�1 so the steering wheel moves to the mostforward and backward position �3 that canbe reached.

Performing these operations resets the range ofthe steering wheel’s tilt and telescopic function.

LPD2339 WPD0366


Entry/Exit functionThe automatic drive positioner system will makethe steering wheel move up automatically whenthe driver’s door is opened and the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position. This lets the driverget into and out of the seat more easily. Thesteering wheel moves back into position whenthe driver’s door is closed and the ignition switchis pushed.

For additional information, refer to “Automaticdrive positioner” in this section.

�1 To block glare from the front, swing down themain sun visor.

�2 To block glare from the side, remove themain sun visor from the center mount andswing the visor to the side.

�3 To extend the sun visor, slide in or out asneeded.

CAUTION

● Do not store the sun visor before return-ing the extension to its originalposition.

● Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward.

WPD0344

SUN VISORS


VANITY MIRRORSTo access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visordown and flip open the mirror cover. The vanitymirror will illuminate when the mirror cover isopen.

CARD HOLDERDo not view information while operating the ve-hicle.

REARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)Use the night position �1 to reduce glare fromthe headlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position �2 when driving in daylighthours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear view clarity.

LPD2289 LPD2340 WPD0126

MIRRORS


AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)

The inside mirror is designed so that it automati-cally dims during night time conditions and ac-cording to the intensity of the headlights of thevehicle following you. The automatic anti-glarefeature is activated when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

NOTE:

Do not hang any objects over the sensors�1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors.Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of thesensors, resulting in improper operation.

The indicator light �2 will illuminate when theautomatic anti-glare feature is operating.

● To turn off the anti-glare feature, pressthe button. The indicator light will turnoff.

● To turn on the anti-glare feature, pressthe | button again. The indicator light willturn on.

For information on HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver operation, refer to the “HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.You could lose control of your vehicleand cause an accident.

● Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

LPD0469


Electric control type

The outside mirror remote control will operateonly when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Move the small switch �1 to select the left or rightmirror. Adjust each mirror to the desired positionusing the large switch �2 .

WARNING

● Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.You could lose control of your vehicleand cause an accident.

Manual folding outside mirrors

Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)

The reverse tilt-down feature will turn both out-side mirror surfaces downward to provide betterrear visibility close to the vehicle when the mirrorcontrol switch is in either the L or R position.

The mirrors automatically returns to their originalposition when you shift out of R (Reverse).

LPD2299 LPD2112


The outside mirror surfaces will return to theiroriginal position when one of the following hasoccurred:

● The shift lever is moved to any position otherthan R (Reverse).

● The outside mirror control switch is set to theneutral or center position.

● The ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

NOTE:

If the outside mirror control switch is in theCenter position, mirror surface will NOTturn downward when the shift lever ismoved to R (Reverse).

For additional information regarding this feature,refer to “Automatic drive positioner” in this sec-tion.

Heated mirrors (if so equipped)Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost,defog, or de-ice for improved visibility. For addi-tional information, refer to “Rear window andoutside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch”in the “Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

The automatic drive positioner system has twofeatures:

● Memory storage function

● Entry/exit function

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steering column(if so equipped), and outside mirrors can be storedin the automatic drive positioner memory. Followthese procedures to use the memory system.

1. Place the ignition in the ON or ACC position(The vehicle should be stopped while settingthe memory).

2. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column (ifso equipped), and outside mirrors to thedesired positions by manually operatingeach adjusting switch. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Seats” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint

LPD2291

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (ifso equipped)


system” section of this manual, and“Tilt/Telescopic Steering” and “Outside mir-rors” in this section.

3. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,push the memory switch (1 or 2).

4. The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

5. The chime will sound if the memory has beenstored.

NOTE:

If a NEW memory position is stored in thesame memory switch, the previous memoryposition will be overwritten by the newstored position.

Confirming memory storagePush the SET switch.

● If a memory position has not been stored inthe switch (1 or 2) the indicator light for therespective switch will come ON for approxi-mately 0.5 seconds.

● If a memory position has been stored in theswitch (1 or 2) then the indicator light for therespective switch will stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

Linking an Intelligent Key to the meterdisplay (if so equipped)

Each Intelligent Key, up to a maximum of four, canbe linked to the meter display.

1. Make sure to turn ON the “Key Link Set-tings” in the meter to enable the system fordesired Intelligent Key.

2. When the system is enabled, the recognizedIntelligent Key is displayed at start up, as wellas within “Key Link Settings”.

3. When the system is active, the meter settingitems are memorized for each Intelligent Keythat has been enabled in the system.

4. The auto drive positioner system is memo-rized automatically when the ignition switchis turned from ON to OFF by the IntelligentKey with no need to set separate buttons forrecalling and memorizing positions.

5. If two Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle, thesystem will recognize the Intelligent Key thatwas used most recently, such as tounlock/lock the door.

6. If there is a desire to change to anotherIntelligent Key while in the vehicle, the usermust turn the ignition OFF and initiate com-munication from the desired Intelligent Key.

a. Ignition from ON position to the OFF

b. Unlock door with the desired IntelligentKey

c. The desired Intelligent Key number shouldappear on the meter display.

The system contains a ON/OFF setting for whenthe settings are not to be memorized.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driver’s seatand automatic operation steering column will au-tomatically move when the shift lever is in the P(Park) position. This allows the driver to get intoand out of the driver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering wheel will move up:

● When the driver’s door is opened and theignition switch is in the OFF position.

● When the ignition switch is turned fromACC to OFF with the driver’s door open.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will return tothe previous position:

● When the ignition switch is turned to ACC orON while the shift lever is in the P (Park)position.


The entry/exit function can be adjusted or can-celed through the Vehicle Settings in the vehicleinformation display by performing the following:

● Switch the Exit Seat Slide from ON to OFF.

● Switch the Exit Steering UP from ON toOFF.

Restarting the entry/exit functionIf the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuseopens, the stored memory positions may be lostand some of the functions will be restricted.

1. Drive the vehicle over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

OR

2. Open and close the driver’s door more than2 times with the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The entry/exit function should now work properly.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the followingconditions:

● When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH(7 km/h).

● When any of the memory switches arepushed while the automatic drive positioneris operating.

● When the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat and steering column is turned on whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

● When the seat has already been moved tothe memorized position.

● When no seat position is stored in thememory switch.


4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner,audio and phone systems

RearView Monitor without Navigation System(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Difference between predicted and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

RearView Monitor with Navigation System(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9How to turn on and off predictive courselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Difference between predicted and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Available views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Difference between predictive and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Around View® Monitor Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23View malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23How to adjust the screen view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25Heater and Air Conditioner (automatic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Satellite radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD)player (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port(models without Navigation System)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42iPod®* player operation without NavigationSystem (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44Bluetooth® streaming audio withoutNavigation System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47Steering wheel switch for audio control . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

NissanConnectSM Mobile Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49

Registering NissanConnectSM Mobile Apps . . . . . . 4-49Connect Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50Application Download. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System withoutNavigation System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

Connecting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55Voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57Making a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59During a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Ending a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Text messaging (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Bluetooth® settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61Manual control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62

WARNING

● Positioning of the heating or air condi-tioning controls and display controlsshould not be done while driving in or-der that full attention may be given tothe driving operation.

● Do not disassemble or modify this sys-tem. If you do, it may result in accidents,fire, or electrical shock.

● Do not use this system if you notice anyabnormality, such as a frozen screen orlack of sound. Continued use of thesystem may result in accident, fire orelectric shock.

● In case you notice any foreign object inthe system hardware, spill liquid on it,or notice smoke or smell coming from it,stop using the system immediately andcontact a NISSAN dealer. Ignoring suchconditions may lead to accidents, fire orelectrical shock.

1. ENTER/SETTING button/TUNE-SCROLLcontrol knob

When the shift lever is shifted into the R (Re-verse) position, the monitor display shows theview to the rear of the vehicle.

LHA3521

REARVIEW MONITOR WITHOUTNAVIGATION SYSTEM (if soequipped)

4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

WARNING

● Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the Rear-View Monitor could result in seriousinjury or death.

● The RearView Monitor is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for proper back-ing. Always turn and look out the win-dows, and check mirrors to be sure thatit is safe to move before operating thevehicle. Always back up slowly.

● The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in showing large stationary ob-jects directly behind the vehicle, to helpavoid damaging the vehicle.

● The system cannot completely elimi-nate blind spots and may not show ev-ery object.

● Underneath the bumper and the cornerareas of the bumper cannot be viewedon the RearView Monitor because of itsmonitoring range limitation. The systemwill not show small objects below thebumper, and may not show objectsclose to the bumper or on the ground.

● Objects viewed in the RearView Moni-tor differ from actual distance becausea wide-angle lens is used.

● Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap-pear visually opposite than whenviewed in the rearview and outsidemirrors.

● Make sure that the liftgate is securelyclose when backing up.

● Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled above the license plate.

● When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing wa-ter condensation on the lens, a mal-function, fire or an electric shock.

● Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-sion instrument. Otherwise, it may mal-function or cause damage resulting in afire or an electric shock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the cover when cleaningdirt or snow from the cover.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference to thevehicle body line �A are displayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

● Red line �1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

● Yellow line �2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

● Green line �3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)


LHA2944

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3

● Vehicle width guide lines �5 :Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN1. Firmly apply the brake and place the shift

lever in R (Reverse).

2. Press the ENTER/SETTING button.

3. The Settings screen will show brightness.

4. Press the ENTER/SETTING button again toshow contrast.

5. Turn the TUNE-SCROLL knob to adjust thesetting up or down.

6. Press the ENTER/SETTING button to com-plete the adjustment.

● Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast ofthe RearView Monitor while the vehicle ismoving.

DIFFERENCE BETWEENPREDICTED AND ACTUALDISTANCESThe distance guide line and the vehicle widthguide line should be used as a reference onlywhen the vehicle is on a level, paved surface. Thedistance viewed on the monitor is for referenceonly and may be different than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayed objects.

Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the dis-tance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown closer than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to theplace �A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m) distance on

the hill is the place �B . Note that any object onthe hill is further than it appears on the monitor.

LHA3523


Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown farther than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to theplace �A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m) distance on

the hill is the place �B . Note that any object onthe hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up near a projecting objectThe vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object inthe display. However, the vehicle may hit theobject if it projects over the actual backing upcourse.

LHA3524 LHA2946


Backing up behind a projecting object

The position �C is shown farther than the position�B in the display. However, the position �C isactually at the same distance as the position �A .The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to

the position �A if the object projects over theactual backing up course.

OPERATING TIPS

● When the shift lever is shifted to the R (Re-verse) position, the monitor screen auto-matically changes to the RearView Monitormode. However, the radio can be heard.

● When the view is switched, the display im-ages on the screen may be displayed withsome delay.

● When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not clearly display ob-jects. This is not a malfunction.

● When strong light is directly coming on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly. This is not a malfunction.

● Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected lightfrom the bumper. This is not a malfunction.

● The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.

● The colors of objects on the RearView Moni-tor may differ somewhat from the actualcolor of objects. This is not a malfunction.

● Objects on the monitor may not be clear in adark environment. This is not a malfunction.

● If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the cam-era, the RearView Monitor may not displayobject clearly. Clean the camera.

● Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discolor-ation. To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mild cleaning agentand then wipe with a dry cloth.

● Do not damage the camera as the monitorscreen may be adversely affected.

● Do not use wax on the camera window.Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp-ened with mild detergent diluted with water.

LHA3525


1. CAMERA button

When the shift lever is shifted into the R (Re-verse) position, the monitor display shows theview to the rear of the vehicle.

WARNING

● Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the Rear-View Monitor could result in seriousinjury or death.

● The RearView Monitor is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for proper back-ing. Always turn and look out the win-dows, and check mirrors to be sure thatit is safe to move before operating thevehicle. Always back up slowly.

● The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in showing large stationary ob-jects directly behind the vehicle, to helpavoid damaging the vehicle.

● The system cannot completely elimi-nate blind spots and may not show ev-ery object.

● Underneath the bumper and the cornerareas of the bumper cannot be viewedon the RearView Monitor because of itsmonitoring range limitation. The systemwill not show small objects below thebumper, and may not show objectsclose to the bumper or on the ground.

LHA3512

REARVIEW MONITOR WITHNAVIGATION SYSTEM (if soequipped)


● Objects viewed in the RearView Moni-tor differ from actual distance becausea wide-angle lens is used.

● Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap-pear visually opposite than whenviewed in the rearview and outsidemirrors.

● Make sure that the liftgate is securelyclose when backing up.

● Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled above the license plate.

● When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing wa-ter condensation on the lens, a mal-function, fire or an electric shock.

● Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-sion instrument. Otherwise, it may mal-function or cause damage resulting in afire or an electric shock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the cover when cleaningdirt or snow from the cover.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference to thevehicle body line �A are displayed on the monitor.


Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

● Red line �1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

● Yellow line �2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)



● Vehicle width guide lines �5 :Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

LHA2944


ADJUSTING THE SCREEN1. While on a RearView Monitor screen, touch

the touch-screen display. The Camera Set-tings screen will come up.

2. Touch the Display Settings key.

3. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,”“Color,” or “Black Level” key.

4. Adjust the item by touching the + or — keyon the touch-screen display.

● Do not adjust the display of the RearViewMonitor while the vehicle is moving.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFFPREDICTIVE COURSE LINESTo toggle ON and OFF the predictive courselines while in the P (Park), D (Drive) or N (Neutral)positions:

1. Press the CAMERA button.

2. Touch the Predictive Course Lines key toturn the feature ON or OFF..

To toggle ON and OFF the predictive courselines while in the R (Reverse) position:

1. Touch the touch-screen display.

2. Touch the Predictive Course Lines key toturn the feature ON or OFF.

DIFFERENCE BETWEENPREDICTED AND ACTUALDISTANCESThe distance guide line and the vehicle widthguide line should be used as a reference onlywhen the vehicle is on a level, paved surface. Thedistance viewed on the monitor is for referenceonly and may be different than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayed objects.



LHA3522

LHA3523






LHA3524


Backing up near a projecting objectThe vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object inthe display. However, the vehicle may hit theobject if it projects over the actual backing upcourse.




OPERATING TIPS









LHA2946 LHA3525






1. CAMERA button

With the ignition switch in the ON position, pressthe CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) position to operate the Around View®Monitor. The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screen format.

LHA3512

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if soequipped)


Available views:

● Front ViewAn approximately 150–degree view of thefront of the vehicle.

● Rear ViewAn approximately 150–degree view of therear of the vehicle.

● Bird’s-Eye ViewThe surrounding view of the vehicle fromabove.

● Front-Side ViewThe view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.

The system is designed as an aid to the driver insituations such as slot parking or parallel parking.There are some areas where the system will notshow objects and the system does not warn ofmoving objects. When in the front or rear viewdisplay, an object below the bumper or on theground may not be viewed �1 . When in the

bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the seam �3 ofthe camera viewing areas will not appear in themonitor �2 .

WARNING

● The Around View® Monitor is a conve-nience but it is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation because it hasareas where objects cannot be viewed.The four corners of the vehicle in par-ticular, are blind spots where objects donot appear in the bird’s-eye, front, orrear views. Always look out the win-dows and check with your own eyes tobe sure that it is safe to move beforeoperating the vehicle. Always operatethe vehicle slowly.

● The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

● Do not use the Around View® Monitorwith the outside mirrors in the storedposition, and make sure that the liftgateis securely closed when operating thevehicle using the Around View®Monitor.

● The distance between objects viewedon the Around View® Monitor differsfrom the actual distance.

LHA3513


● The cameras are installed on the frontgrille, the outside mirrors and above therear license plate. Do not put anythingon the cameras.

● When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the cameras. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing wa-ter condensation on the lens, a mal-function, fire or an electric shock.

● Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing so couldcause a malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

AVAILABLE VIEWS

WARNING

● The distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth lines should be used as a refer-ence only when the vehicle is on apaved, level surface. The distanceviewed on the monitor may be differentthan the actual distance between thevehicle and displayed objects.

● The distance between objects viewed inthe rearview differs from actual dis-tance because a wide-angle lens isused.

● Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference. The lines andthe bird’s-eye view are greatly affectedby the number of occupants, fuel level,vehicle position, road condition androad grade.

● If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linesand the bird’s-eye view may be dis-played incorrectly.

● When driving the vehicle up a hill, ob-jects viewed in the monitor are furtherthan they appear. When driving the ve-hicle down a hill, objects viewed in themonitor are closer than they appear.

● Use the mirrors or actually look to prop-erly judge distances to other objects.

● Objects in the rear view will appear vi-sually opposite from those viewed inthe inside and outside mirrors.

● On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredictive course lines and the actualcourse line.

● The displayed lines on the rear view willappear slightly off to the right, becausethe rear view camera is not installed inthe rear center of the vehicle.

● The vehicle width and predictive courselines are wider than the actual widthand course.


Front and rear viewGuiding lines, which indicate the vehicle widthand distance to objects with reference to thevehicle body line �A , are displayed on the moni-tor.


Indicate distances from the vehicle body:

● Red line �1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

● Yellow line �2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)

● Green line �3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

● Green line �4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m)

Vehicle width guide lines �5 :

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predictive course lines �6 :

Indicate the predictive course when operatingthe vehicle. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the steeringwheel is turned. The predictive course lines willmove depending on how much the steeringwheel is turned and will not be displayed whilethe steering wheel is in the straight ahead posi-tion.

The front view will not be displayed when thevehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90 de-grees or less from the straight ahead posi-tion, both the right and left predictivecourse lines �6 are displayed. When thesteering wheel turns about 90 degrees ormore, a line is displayed only on the oppo-site side of the turn.

Front viewSAA1840

Rear viewSAA1896


Bird’s-eye view

The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead view ofthe vehicle, which helps confirm the vehicle po-sition and the predicted course to a parkingspace.

The vehicle icon �1 shows the position of thevehicle. Note that the distance between objectsviewed in the bird’s-eye view may differ some-what from the actual vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot cover �2 areindicated in black.

The non-viewable area �2 is highlighted in yellowfor several seconds after the bird’s-eye view is

displayed. It will be shown only the first time afterthe ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

The driver can check the direction and angle ofthe tire on the display by the tire icon �3 whendriving the vehicle forward or backward.

Predictive course lines (�4 and �5 ) indicate thepredictive course when operating the vehicle.The predictive course lines will be displayed onthe monitor when the steering wheel is turned.The predictive course lines will move dependingon how much the steering wheel is turned andwill not be displayed while the steering wheel is inthe neutral position.

When the monitor displays the front view and thesteering wheel turns about 90 degrees or lessfrom the neutral position, the two green predic-tive course lines �4 are shown in front of thevehicle.

When the steering wheel turns about 90 degreesor more, one green predictive course line isshown in front of the vehicle and the other greenpredictive course line �5 is shown at the side ofthe vehicle.

When the monitor displays the rear view, thepredictive course lines are shown at the back ofthe vehicle.

WARNING

● Objects in the bird’s-eye view will ap-pear further than the actual distancebecause the bird’s-eye view is a pseudoview that is processed by combining theviews from the cameras on the outsidemirrors, the front and the rear of thevehicle.

● Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayed atthe seam of the views.

● Objects that are above the camera can-not be displayed.

● The view of the bird’s-eye view may bemisaligned when the camera positionalters.

● A line on the ground may be misalignedand is not seen as being straight at theseam of the views. The misalignmentwill increase as the line proceeds awayfrom the vehicle.

● Tire angle display does not indicate theactual tire angle.

LHA3526


Front-side view

Guiding lines

Guiding lines that indicate the width and the frontend of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line �1 shows the front partof the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line �2 shows the vehiclewidth including the outside mirrors.

The extensions �3 of both the front �1 and side�2 lines are shown with a green dotted line.

CAUTION

● The turn signal light may look like theside-of-vehicle line. This is not amalfunction.

DIFFERENCE BETWEENPREDICTIVE AND ACTUALDISTANCESThe distance guide line and the vehicle widthguide line should be used as a reference onlywhen the vehicle is on a level, paved surface. Thedistance viewed on the monitor is for referenceonly and may be different than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayed objects.



LHA2652

LHA3523






LHA3524


Backing up near a projecting objectThe predicted course lines �A do not touch theobject in the display. However, the vehicle may hitthe object if it projects over the actual backing upcourse.




OPERATING TIPS









LHA1201 LHA3525






HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAYWith the ignition switch in the ON position, pressthe CAMERA button or move the shift lever to theR (Reverse) position to operate the AroundView® Monitor.

The Around View® Monitor can display two splitscreen views and a single view of the front view orrear view. Press the CAMERA button to switchbetween the available views.

If the shift lever is not in the R (Reverse) position,the available views are:

● Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen

● Front view/front-side view split screen

If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, theavailable views are:

● Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen

● Rear view/front-side view split screen

The display will switch from the Around View®Monitor screen when:

● When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-tion and the vehicle speed increases aboveapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

● When a different screen is selected.

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION(MOD)

The Moving Object Detection (MOD) system caninform the driver of moving objects behind thevehicle when backing out of garages, maneuver-ing in parking lots and in other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects byusing image processing technology on the imageshown in the display.

The MOD system operates in the following con-ditions when the camera view is displayed:

● When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position and the vehicle is stopped,the moving object detection system detectsthe moving objects in the bird’s-eye view.The MOD system will not operate if theoutside mirrors are moving in or out or ifeither door is opened.

● When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-tion and the vehicle speed is below approxi-mately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD systemdetects moving objects in the front view.

● When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is below ap-proximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD sys-tem detects moving objects in the rear view.The MOD system will not operate if theliftgate is open.

The MOD system does not detect moving ob-jects in the front-side view. The MOD icon is notdisplayed on the screen when in this view.


WARNING

● The MOD system is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation and is not de-signed to prevent contact with the ob-jects surrounding the vehicle. Whenmaneuvering, always use the outsidemirrors and rearview mirror and turnand check the surrounding to ensure itis safe to maneuver.

● The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.

● The system is not designed to preventcontact with all objects.

● The MOD system does not have thefunction to detect the surrounding sta-tionary objects.


When the MOD system detects moving objectsnear the vehicle, the yellow frame will be dis-played on the view where the objects are de-tected and a chime will sound once. While theMOD system continues to detect moving ob-jects, the yellow frame continues to be displayed.

In the bird’s eye view, the yellow frame �1 isdisplayed on each camera image (front, rear,right, left) depending on where moving objectsare detected.

The yellow frame is displayed on each view in thefront view and rear view modes.

While the BCI chime (if so equipped) is beeping,the MOD system does not chime.

A blue MOD icon �2 is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is operative. A gray MODicon is displayed in the view where the MODsystem is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD icon �2is not displayed.

The MOD system will turn on automatically underthe following conditions:

● When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

● When the CAMERA button is pressed toswitch from a different screen to the cameraview on the display.

● When vehicle speed decreases below ap-proximately 5 mph (8 km/h).

● When the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position and then back to the ON posi-tion.

WARNING

● Do not use the MOD system when tow-ing a trailer. The system may not func-tion properly.

● Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume or open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound, andit may not be heard.

LHA3604


● The MOD system performance will belimited according to environmental con-ditions and surrounding objects suchas:

– When there is low contrast betweenbackground and the moving objects.

– When there is a blinking source oflight.

– When strong light such as anothervehicle’s headlight or sunlight ispresent.

– When camera orientation is not in itsusual position, such as when mirroris folded.

– When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

– When the position of the moving ob-jects in the display is not changed.

● The MOD system might detect flowingwater droplets on the camera lens,white smoke from the muffler, movingshadows, etc.

● The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed, direc-tion, distance or shape of the movingobjects.

● If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed,leaving it misaligned or bent, the sens-ing zone may be altered and the MODsystem may not detect objects properly.

● When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly. This is not amalfunction.

Camera maintenance

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera,the MOD system may not operate properly. Cleanthe camera.

AROUND VIEW® MONITORSETTINGSMOD (Moving Object Detection)

To turn the MOD system on or off, press and holdthe CAMERA button for more than 3 seconds.

VIEW MALFUNCTIONWhen the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,there are abnormal conditions in the AroundView® Monitor. This will not hinder normal drivingoperation but the system should be inspected bya NISSAN dealer.

LHA3607


When the “[X]” icon is displayed on the screen,the camera image may be receiving temporaryelectronic disturbances from surrounding de-vices. This will not hinder normal driving opera-tion but the system should be inspected by aNISSAN dealer if it occurs frequently.

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREENVIEW

1. Touch the touch-screen display with theAround View® Monitor on.

2. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,”“Color,” or “Black Level” key.

3. Adjust the item by touching the + or — keyon the touch-screen display.

Do not adjust any of the display settings of theAround View® Monitor while the vehicle is mov-ing. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.

OPERATING TIPS

CAUTION

● Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinnerto clean the camera. This will causediscoloration. To clean the camera,wipe with a cloth dampened with a di-luted mild cleaning agent and then wipewith a dry cloth.

● Do not damage the camera as the moni-tor screen may be adversely affected.

● The screen displayed on the Around View®Monitor will automatically return to the pre-vious screen 3 minutes after the CAMERAbutton has been pressed with the shift leverin a position other than the R (Reverse)position.

● When the view is switched, the display im-ages on the screen may be displayed insome delay.

● When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not display objectsclearly. This is not a malfunction.

● When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly. This is not a malfunction.


● The colors of objects on the Around View®Monitor may differ somewhat from the actualcolor of objects. This is not a malfunction.

● Objects on the Around View® Monitor maynot be clear and the color of the object maydiffer in a dark environment. This is not amalfunction.

● There may be differences in sharpness be-tween each camera view of the bird’s-eyeview.

● If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the cam-era, the Around View® Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the camera.

● Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe offany wax with a clean cloth that has beendampened with a mild detergent diluted withwater.

LHA3608


Adjust air flow direction by moving the ventslides.

Open or close the vents by using the dial. Movethe dial toward the to open the vents ortoward the to close them.

SideLHA3201

CenterLHA3510

RearLHA1134

VENTS


1. Temperature control dial (driver’s side)/AUTO button

2. ON-OFF button3. Display screen4. MODE (manual air flow control) button

5. Temperature control dial (passenger’sside)/DUAL button

6. Fresh air intake button7. Air recirculation button8. A/C (air conditioner) button

9. (fan speed control) buttons10. REAR (window and outside mirror

(if so equipped) defroster) button11. FRONT (defroster) button

WARNING

● The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

● Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistanceof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould also not be left alone. Theycould accidentally injure themselves orothers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.

● Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.

LHA3200

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(automatic)


NOTE:

● Odors from inside and outside the ve-hicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passengercompartment through the vents.

● When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air re-circulation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO)This mode may be used all year round as thesystem automatically works to keep a constanttemperature. Air flow distribution and fan speedare also controlled automatically.

1. Press the AUTO button on. The indicator onthe button will illuminate.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to the leftor right to set the desired temperature.

● The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

● A visible mist may be seen coming from thevents in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.

3. You can individually set driver’s and frontpassenger’s side temperature using eachtemperature control dial. When the DUALbutton is pressed or passenger’s side tem-perature dial is turned, the DUAL indicatorwill come on. To turn off the passenger’sside temperature control, press the DUALbutton.

Heating (A/C OFF)

The air conditioner does not activate. When youneed to heat only, use this mode.

1. Press the AUTO button. The indicator lightcomes on.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

● The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

● Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise, the sys-tem may not work properly.

● Not recommended if windows fog up.Dehumidified defrosting or defogging

1. Press the front defroster button on.The indicator light on the button will comeon.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set themaximum temperature to aid in defrosting ordefogging.

● To quickly remove ice from the outside of thewindows, use the fan speed control buttonsto set the fan speed to maximum.

● As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, press the AUTO button to return tothe automatic mode.


● When the front defroster button ispressed, the air conditioner will automati-cally be turned on at outside temperaturesabove 36°F (2°C). The air recirculate modeautomatically turns off, allowing outside airto be drawn into the passenger compart-ment to further improve the defogging per-formance. When the air recirculate modeautomatically turns off, the air fresh mode willautomatically turn on.

Remote engine start logic (if soequipped)Vehicles equipped with automatic climate con-trols and remote start function may go into auto-matic heating or cooling mode when remote startis activated depending on outside and cabin tem-peratures. Automatic temperature depends onoutside and cabin temperatures. During this pe-riod, the climate control display and buttons willbe inoperable until ignition switch is turned on.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Press the fan speed control buttons tomanually control the fan speed.Press the AUTO button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculation

Press the air recirculation button to recir-culate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light on the button will come on.The air recirculation cannot be activated whenthe air conditioner is in the front defrostingmode.

Fresh air intakePress the fresh air intake button to drawoutside air into the passenger compartment.

Air flow controlPressing the MODE button manually controls airflow and selects the air outlet:

— Air flows mainly from center andside vents.

— Air flows mainly from center andside vents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot outletsand partly from defroster.

— Air flows mainly from defrosterand foot outlets.

To turn system offPress the ON-OFF button.

Rear window and outside mirror (if soequipped) defroster buttonFor additional information, refer to “Rear windowand outside mirror (if so equipped) defrosterswitch” in the “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.

OPERATING TIPS● When the engine coolant temperature and

outside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate for amaximum of 150 seconds. However, this isnot a malfunction. After the coolant tempera-ture warms up, air flow from the foot outletswill operate normally.

● Keep the moonroof (if so equipped) closedwhile the air conditioner is in operation.

● If you feel that the air flow mode you haveselected and the outlets the air is coming outdo not match, select the mode.

● When you change the air flow mode, youmay feel air flow from the feet vents for just amoment. This is not a malfunction.


The sunload sensor, located on the driver’s sideof the instrument panel, helps the system main-tain a constant temperature. Do not put anythingon or around this sensor.

The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve-hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed withthe environment in mind.

This refrigerant does not harm the earth’sozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant is re-quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi-tioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricantswill cause severe damage to your air conditionersystem. For additional information, refer to “Airconditioner system refrigerant and oil recommen-dations” in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

A NISSAN dealer is able to service your “environ-mentally friendly” air conditioning system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains refrig-erant under high pressure. To avoid per-sonal injury, any air conditioner serviceshould be done only by an experiencedtechnician with proper equipment.

RADIO

With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi-tion, press the (power) button/VOL (vol-ume) control knob to turn the radio on. If youlisten to the radio with the engine not running, theignition should be placed in the ACC position.Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other external influ-ences. Intermittent changes in reception qualitynormally are caused by these external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the vehiclemay influence radio reception quality.

Radio reception

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra-dio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance the qual-ity of that reception.

However, there are some general characteristicsof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, evenwhen the finest equipment is used. These char-acteristics are completely normal in a given re-ception area and do not indicate any malfunctionin your NISSAN radio system.

LHA3554

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEM


Reception conditions will constantly change be-cause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from other ve-hicles can work against ideal reception. De-scribed below are some of the factors that canaffect your radio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise to comefrom the audio system speakers. Storing the de-vice in a different location may reduce or elimi-nate the noise.

FM RADIO RECEPTIONRange: FM range is normally limited to 25 – 30 mi(40 – 48 km), with monaural (single channel) FMhaving slightly more range than stereo FM. Exter-nal influences may sometimes interfere with FMstation reception even if the FM station is within25 mi (40 km). The strength of the FM signal isdirectly related to the distance between thetransmitter and receiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting many of the same char-acteristics as light. For example, they will reflectoff objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away froma station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position(usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter), static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by adjusting thetreble control to reduce treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and reflectedsignals reach the receiver at the same time. Thesignals may cancel each other, resulting in mo-mentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTIONAM signals, because of their low frequency, canbend around objects and skip along the ground.In addition, the signals can be bounced off theionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofthese characteristics, AM signals are also sub-ject to interference as they travel from transmitterto receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTIONWhen the satellite radio is used for the first timeor the battery has been replaced, the satelliteradio may not work properly. This is not a mal-function. Wait more than 10 minutes with satelliteradio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal orlarge building for satellite radio to receive all ofthe necessary data.

No satellite radio reception is available and “NOSAT” is displayed when the SAT band option isselected unless optional satellite receiver andantenna are installed and a SiriusXM® SatelliteRadio service subscription is active. Satellite ra-dio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

Satellite radio performance may be affected ifcargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radiosignal.

If possible, do not put cargo over the satelliteantenna.

A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna canaffect satellite radio performance. Remove theice to restore satellite radio reception.


AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

Compact disc (CD) player

CAUTION

● Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD player.

● Trying to load a CD with the CD doorclosed could damage the CD and/or CDplayer.

● Only one CD can be loaded into the CDplayer at a time.

● Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discor packaging.

● During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CDand dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.

● The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

● The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the compartment tempera-ture is extremely high or low.Decrease/increase the temperaturebefore use.

● Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

● CDs that are in poor condition or aredirty, scratched or covered with finger-prints may not work properly.

● The following CDs may not work prop-erly:

● Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

● Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

● Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

● Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion:

● 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter

● CDs that are not round

● CDs with a paper label

● CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges

● This audio system can only play pre-recorded CDs. It has no capability torecord or burn CDs.

● If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

LHA0099


CHECK DISC

● Confirm that the CD is inserted cor-rectly (the label side is facing up,etc.).

● Confirm that the CD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

PRESS EJECT

This is an error due to excessive tem-perature inside the player. Remove theCD by pressing the EJECT button. Aftera short time, reinsert the CD. The CDcan be played when the temperature ofthe player returns to normal.

UNPLAYABLE

The file is unplayable in this audio sys-tem (only MP3 or WMA CD).

Compact disc with MP3 or WMA

Terms

● MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well-known compressed digital audiofile format. This format allows for near “CDquality” sound, but at a fraction of the size ofnormal audio files. MP3 conversion of anaudio track from CD-ROM can reduce thefile size by approximately a 10:1 ratio withvirtually no perceptible loss in quality. MP3compression removes the redundant andirrelevant parts of a sound signal that thehuman ear doesn’t hear.

● WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA)* is acompressed audio format created by Micro-soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMAcodec offers greater file compression thanthe MP3 codec, enabling storage of moredigital audio tracks in the same amount ofspace when compared to MP3s at the samelevel of quality.

● Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital music file.The size and quality of a compressed digitalaudio file is determined by the bit rate usedwhen encoding the file.

● Sampling frequency — Sampling frequencyis the rate at which the samples of a signalare converted from analog to digital (A/Dconversion) per second.

● Multisession — Multisession is one of themethods for writing data to media. Writingdata once to the media is called a singlesession, and writing more than once is calleda multisession.

● ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digital musicfile such as song title, artist, encoding bitrate, track time duration, etc. ID3 tag infor-mation is displayed on the Artist/song titleline on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-tered trademarks and trademarks in the UnitedStates of America and other countries of Micro-soft Corporation of the USA.


Playback order

Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMAfiles is as illustrated.

● The names of folders not containing MP3 orWMA files are not shown in the display.

● If there is a file in the top level of the disc,“Root Folder” is displayed.

● The playback order is the order in which thefiles were written by the writing software.Therefore, the files might not play in thedesired order.

Playback order chartWHA1078


Specification chart

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RWSupported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.

Supportedversions*1

MP3Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHzBit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR

WMA Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHzBit rate 48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR

Tag information ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Max folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)Text character number limitation 128 characters

Displayable character codes*201: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05:UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.

*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.


Troubleshooting guide

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.Files with extensions other than “.MP3”,“.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number of characters forfolder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Poor sound qualityCheck if the disc is scratched or dirty.Bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long timebefore the music startsplaying.

If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not match thespecifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit ratefiles

Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Moves immediately to thenext song when playing

When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, .“mp3”or “.wma”, or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, therewill be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.

Songs do not play back inthe desired order

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order.


USB (Universal Serial Bus)Connection Port

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect, or operate theUSB device while driving. Doing so can bea distraction. If distracted you could losecontrol of your vehicle and cause an acci-dent or serious injury.

CAUTION

● Do not force the USB device into theUSB port. Inserting the USB devicetilted or up-side-down into the port maydamage the port. Make sure that theUSB device is connected correctly intothe USB port.

● Do not grab the USB port cover (if soequipped) when pulling the USB deviceout of the port. This could damage theport and the cover.

● Do not leave the USB cable in a placewhere it can be pulled unintentionally.Pulling the cable may damage the port.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device.USB devices should be purchased separately asnecessary.

This system cannot be used to format USB de-vices. To format a USB device, use a personalcomputer.

In some jurisdictions, the USB device for the frontseats plays only sound without images for regu-latory reasons, even when the vehicle is parked.

This system supports various USB connectionport devices, USB hard drives and iPod® play-ers. Some USB devices may not be supported bythis system.

● Partitioned USB devices may not play cor-rectly.

● Some characters used in other languages(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) may not appearproperly in the display. Using English lan-guage characters with a USB device is rec-ommended.

● Not all Android devices are supported forUSB audio.

● For Apple products, only Apple or Applecertified USB cables are supported. Someaftermarket cables may not be supported.

General notes for USB use

● Refer to your device manufacturer’s ownerinformation regarding the proper use andcare of the device.

Notes for iPod® use

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

● Improperly plugging in the iPod® may causea checkmark to be displayed on and off(flickering). Always make sure that theiPod® is connected properly.

● An iPod® nano (1st Generation) may remainin fast forward or rewind mode if it is con-nected during a seek operation. In this case,please manually reset the iPod®.

● An iPod® nano (2nd Generation) will con-tinue to fast-forward or rewind if it is discon-nected during a seek operation.

● An incorrect song title may appear when thePlay Mode is changed while using an iPod®nano (2nd Generation).

● Audiobooks may not play in the same orderas they appear on an iPod®.

● Large video files cause slow responses in aniPod®. The vehicle center display may mo-mentarily black out, but will soon recover.

● If an iPod® automatically selects large videofiles while in the shuffle mode, the vehiclecenter display may momentarily black out,but will soon recover.


Bluetooth® streaming audio

● Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not berecognized by the in-vehicle audio system.

● It is necessary to set up the wireless con-nection between a compatible Bluetooth®audio device and the in-vehicle Bluetooth®module before using the Bluetooth® audio.

● Operating procedure of the Bluetooth® au-dio will vary depending on the devices. Makesure how to operate your audio device be-fore using it with this system.

● The Bluetooth® audio may be stopped un-der the following conditions:

● Receiving a call on the Hands-FreePhone System.

● Checking the connection to the hands-free phone.

● Do not place the Bluetooth® audio device inan area surrounded by metal or far away fromthe in-vehicle Bluetooth® module to preventtone quality degradation and wireless con-nection disruption.

● While an audio device is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, thebattery power of the device may dischargequicker than usual.

● This system supports the Bluetooth® AudioDistribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP).



FM/AM/SAT RADIO WITHCOMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (if soequipped)

1. CD eject button

2. XM button*

3. Display screen

4. CD insert slot

5. SEEK button

6. SCAN button

7. TRACK button

8. BACK button

9. APPS button

10. ENTER/SETTING button/ TUNE-SCROLLknob

11. Station select (1 - 6) buttons

12. RDM (random) button

13. RPT (repeat) button

14. (power) button/ VOL (volume) controlknob

15. DISP (display) button

16. MEDIA button

17. FM•AM button*No satellite radio reception is available when theXM button is pressed to access satellite radiostations unless optional satellite receiver and an-tenna are installed and an SiriusXM® SatelliteRadio service subscription is active. Satellite ra-dio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

For additional information, refer to “Audio opera-tion precautions” regarding all operation precau-tions in this section.

LHA3527


Audio main operation(power) button / VOL (volume) con-trol knob

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON positionand press the (power) button while the sys-tem is off to call up the mode (radio, CD, AUX,Bluetooth® audio, USB or iPod®) that was playingimmediately before the system was turned off.

To turn the system off, press the (power)button.Turn the VOL (volume) control knob to adjust thevolume.

This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen-sitive Volume. When this feature is active, theaudio volume changes as the driving speedchanges.

ENTER/SETTING button

Press the ENTER/SETTING button to show theSettings screen on the display. Turn the TUNE-SCROLL knob to navigate the options and thenpress the ENTER button to make a selection.

SettingsBluetooth For additional information on Bluetooth settings, refer to “Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System without Navi-

gation System” in this section.Bass Adjusts the bass to the desired level.Treble Adjusts the treble to the desired level.Balance Adjusts the balance to the desired level. Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers.Fade Adjusts the fade to the desired level. Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers.Brightness Adjust the brightness to adjust the appearance of the display screen.Contrast Adjust the contrast to adjust the appearance of the display screen.Clock adjust Press the ENTER/SETTING button to highlight the hours or minutes and then use the TUNE/FOLDER knob to

adjust the value. Press the ENTER/SETTING button again to set the value.On-Screen Clock Toggles ON or OFF the clock display on the upper right corner of the display screen.RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing.Speed Sens Vol. (Speed Sensitive Volume) Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function, which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of

the vehicle increases. Set to “OFF” to disable the feature. The higher the setting, the more the volume in-creases in relation to vehicle speed.

AUX Vol. Choose a setting from 0 to +3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume. A setting of 0 providesno additional boost in volume. A setting of +3 provides the greatest boost in volume.

Language select Select the desired language for the system from the available options.

Bass, treble, balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER/SETTING button and turning the TUNE-SCROLL control knob to select the itemto adjust. When the desired item is shown on the display, turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER/SETTING button until the display returns tothe main audio screen. If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds, the radio or CD display will automatically reappear.


Apps button

Press the Apps button to launch the SmartphoneIntegration Mode. For additional information, re-fer to “NissanConnectSM Mobile Apps” in thissection regarding this feature.

For additional information, refer to “Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone system without Navigation” inthis section regarding connecting your phone.

FM/AM/SAT radio operation

FM·AM button

Press the FM·AM button to change the band asfollows:

AM → FM1 → FM2 → AM

If another audio source is playing when theFM·AM button is pressed, the audio source play-ing will automatically be turned off and the lastradio station played will begin playing.

The FM stereo indicator (STEREO) is shown onthe screen during FM stereo reception. When thestereo broadcast signal is weak, the radio auto-matically changes from stereo to monaural re-ception.

XM band select

Press the XM button to change the band asfollows:

XM1* → XM2* → XM3* → XM1When the XM button is pressed while the ignitionswitch is in the ACC or ON position, the radio willcome on at the station last played.

The last station played will also come on whenthe VOL (volume)/ (power) controlknob/button is pressed on.*When the XM button is pressed, the satelliteradio reception will not be available unless anoptional satellite receiver and antenna are in-stalled and a SiriusXM® Satellite Radio servicesubscription is active. Satellite radio is not avail-able in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

If a compact disc is playing when the XM buttonis pressed, the compact disc will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.

TUNE/SCROLL knob (Tuning)

Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to the left or rightfor manual tuning.

SEEK tuning

Press the or SEEK buttons to tunefrom low to high or high to low frequencies and tostop at the next broadcasting station.

SCAN tuningPress the SCAN button to stop at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. SCAN will appearon the screen while the radio is scan tuning.

Pressing the button again during this 5 secondperiod will stop SCAN tuning and the radio willremain tuned to that station. If the SCAN button isnot pressed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuningmoves to the next station.

1 to 6 Station memory operations

Six stations can be set for the AM band. Twelvestations can be set for the FM band (six for FM1,six for FM2).

1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2using the FM·AM select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using theSEEK button or the TRACK button.Press and hold any of the desired stationmemory buttons (1 – 6) until the presetnumber is updated on the display and abeep is heard.

3. Programming is now complete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the same man-ner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be canceled. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.


Compact disc (CD) player operationIf the radio is already operating, it automaticallyturns off and the compact disc begins to play.

MEDIA button

With a CD loaded, press the MEDIA button untilthe CD mode is displayed on the screen.

CD/MP3 display mode

While listening to an MP3/WMA CD, certain textmay be displayed on the screen if the CD hasbeen encoded with text information. Dependingon how the MP3/WMA CD is encoded, informa-tion such as Artist, Song and Folder will be dis-played.

The track number and the total number of tracksin the current folder or on the current disc aredisplayed on the screen as well.

SEEK/TRACK (Reverse or

Fast Forward) button

Press and hold the orSEEK/TRACK button for 1.5 seconds while thecompact disc is playing to reverse or fast forwardthe track being played. The compact disc plays atan increased speed while reversing or fast for-warding. When the button is released, the com-pact disc returns to normal play speed.

SEEK/TRACK button

Press the SEEK/TRACK button while a CDor MP3/WMA CD is playing to return to thebeginning of the current track. Pressthe SEEK/TRACK button several times toskip backward several tracks.

Press the SEEK/TRACK button while a CDor MP3/WMA CD is playing to advance onetrack. Press the SEEK/TRACK button sev-eral times to skip forward several tracks. If the lasttrack on a CD is skipped, the first track on thedisc is played. If the last track in a folder of anMP3/WMA CD is skipped, the first track of thenext folder is played.

TUNE/SCROLL knob (MP3/WMA CD only)If an MP3/WMA CD with multiple folders is play-ing, turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to changefolders. Turn the knob to the left to skip back afolder. Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead afolder.

RPT (repeat) button

When the RPT (repeat) button is pressed while acompact disc is playing, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

CD:

1 Track Repeat ←→ OFF

CD with MP3 or WMA:

1 Folder Repeat → 1 Track Repeat → OFF

1 Track Repeat: the current track will be re-peated.

1 Folder Repeat: the current folder will be re-peated.

OFF: No repeat play pattern is applied. The indi-cator on the display will turn off.

The current play pattern of the CD is displayed onthe screen unless no pattern is applied.

RDM (random) button

When the RDM (random) button is pressed whilea compact disc is playing, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

CD:

1 Disc Random ←→ OFF

CD with MP3 or WMA:

1 Disc Random → 1 Folder Random → OFF

1 Disc Random: all tracks on the disc will beplayed randomly.

1 Folder Random: all tracks in the current folderwill be played randomly.

OFF: No random play pattern is applied. Theindicator on the display will turn off.


The current play pattern of the CD is displayed onthe screen unless no pattern is applied.

CD EJECT button

When the CD EJECT button is pressedwith a compact disc loaded, the compact discwill eject and the last source will be played.When the CD EJECT button is pressedtwice with a compact disc loaded, the compactdisc will be ejected further for easier CD removal.If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds, thedisc will reload.

Additional featuresFor additional information, refer to “iPod® playeroperation without Navigation System” regardingthe iPod® player available with this system in thissection.

For additional information, refer to “USB (Univer-sal Serial Bus) Connection Port (models withoutNavigation System)” regarding the USB connec-tion port available with this system in this section.

For additional information, refer to “Bluetooth®streaming audio without Navigation System”about the Bluetooth® audio interface availablewith this system in this section.

USB (Universal Serial Bus)CONNECTION PORT (modelswithout Navigation System) (if soequipped)

Connecting a device to the USBConnection Port

WARNING


FrontLHA3205

Rear (if so equipped)LHA3206


CAUTION

● To avoid damage and loss of functionwhen using a USB device, note the fol-lowing precautions.




Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner infor-mation regarding the proper use and care of thedevice.

There are two USB connection ports available inthe vehicle. One is located in the media pocket onthe center console near the cupholders, the otheron the back of the rear center console facing therear seats. Insert the USB device into the con-nection port.

When a compatible storage device is pluggedinto the connection port, compatible audio fileson the storage device can be played through thevehicle’s audio system.

Audio file operation

MEDIA buttonPlace the ignition switch in the ON or ACCposition and press the MEDIA button to switch tothe USB input mode. If a CD is playing or anotheraudio source is plugged in through the AUX INjack located in the center console, the MEDIAbutton toggles between the three sources.

Play information

Information about the audio files being playedcan be displayed on the display screen of thevehicle’s audio system. Depending on how theaudio files are encoded, information such asFolder, Song and Artist will be displayed.

The track number and number of total tracks inthe folder are displayed on the screen as well.

SEEK/TRACK (Reverse or

Fast Forward) button

Press and hold the SEEK/TRACK button(rewind) or SEEK/TRACK button (fast for-ward) for 1.5 seconds while an audio file on theUSB device is playing to reverse or fast forward

the track being played. The track plays at anincreased speed while reversing or fast forward-ing. When the button is released, the audio filereturns to normal play speed.

SEEK and TRACK buttons

Press the SEEK button while an audio fileon the USB device is playing to return to thebeginning of the current track. Press the SEEKbutton several times to skip backward sev-eral tracks.

Press the TRACK button while an audiofile on the USB device is playing to advance onetrack. Press the TRACK button severaltimes to skip forward several tracks. If the lasttrack in a folder on the USB device is skipped, thefirst track of the next folder is played.

RDM (random) buttonWhen the RDM (random) button is pressed whilean audio file on the USB device is playing, theplay pattern can be changed as follows:

All Random → 1 Folder Random → OFF

All Random: all tracks on the USB device will beplayed randomly.

1 Folder Random: all tracks in the current folderwill be played randomly.


OFF: No random play pattern is applied. Theindicator on the display will turn off.

The current play pattern of the USB device isdisplayed on the screen unless no pattern isapplied.

RPT (repeat) button

When the RPT (repeat) button is pressed whilean audio file on the USB device is playing, theplay pattern can be changed as follows:

1 Folder Repeat → 1 Track Repeat → OFF


1 Folder Repeat: the current folder will be re-peated.

OFF: No repeat play pattern is applied. The indi-cator on the display will turn off.

The current play pattern of the USB device isdisplayed on the screen unless no pattern isapplied.

TUNE/SCROLL knob

If there are multiple folders with audio files on theUSB device, turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob tochange folders. Turn the knob to the left to skipback a folder. Turn the knob to the right to skipahead a folder. If there is only one folder of audiofiles on the USB device, turning theTUNE/SCROLL knob in either direction will re-turn to the first track on the USB device.

iPod®* PLAYER OPERATIONWITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM (ifso equipped)

Connecting iPod®

WARNING


LHA3205


CAUTION




Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner infor-mation regarding the proper use and care of thedevice.

To connect an iPod® to the vehicle so that theiPod® can be controlled with the audio systemcontrols and display screen, use the USB con-nection port located on the center console nearthe cupholders, or the other on the back of therear center console facing the rear seats. Con-nect the iPod®-specific end of the cable to theiPod® and the USB end of the cable to the USBconnection port on the vehicle. If your iPod®supports charging via a USB connection, its bat-

tery will be charged while connected to the ve-hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition.

While connected to the vehicle, the iPod® canonly be operated by the vehicle audio controls.

To disconnect the iPod® from the vehicle, re-move the USB end of the cable from the USBconnection port on the vehicle, then remove thecable from the iPod®.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

CompatibilityThe following models are compatible:

● iPod® Classic - 5th Generation (firmwareversion 1.3.0 or later)



● iPod® nano - 1st generation (firmware ver-sion 1.3.1 or later)

● iPod® nano - 2nd generation (firmware ver-sion 1.1.3 or later)

● iPod® nano - 3rd generation (firmware ver-sion 1.1.3 or later)

● iPod® nano - 4th generation (firmware ver-sion 1.0.4 or later)

● iPod® nano - 5th generation (firmware ver-sion 1.0.2 or later)

● iPod® nano - 6th generation (firmware ver-sion 1.1 or later)

● iPod® Touch - 2nd generation (firmwareversion 4.2.1 or later)

● iPod® Touch - 3rd generation (firmware ver-sion 5.1 or later) (minimum iOS 5.0 requiredfor smartphone integration)

● iPod® Touch - 4th generation (firmware ver-sion 5.1 or later) (minimum iOS 5.0 requiredfor smartphone integration)

● iPhone® 3G (firmware version 4.2.1 or later)

● iPhone® 3GS (firmware version 5.1 or later)(minimum iOS 5.0 required for smartphoneintegration)

● iPhone® 4 (firmware version 5.1 or later)(minimum iOS 5.0 required for smartphoneintegration)

● iPhone® 4S (firmware version 5.1 or later)(minimum iOS 5.0 required for smartphoneintegration)


● iPhone®5 (firmware version 5.1 or later)(minimum iOS 5.0 required for smartphoneintegration)

Make sure that your iPod® firmware is updated tothe version indicated above.

NOTE:

Apple certified USB cables are supported.Some aftermarket cables may not be sup-ported.

Audio main operation

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Press the MEDIA button repeatedly toswitch to the iPod® mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod®was playing, pressing the VOL/ controlknob will start the iPod®.

SEEK/TRACK buttons

Press the SEEK button or TRACKbutton to skip backward or forward one track.

Press and hold the SEEK button orTRACK button for 1.5 seconds while a track isplaying to reverse or fast forward the track beingplayed. The track plays at an increased speed

while reversing or fast forwarding. When the but-ton is released, the track returns to normal playspeed.

REPEAT (RPT)

When the RPT button is pressed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changed asfollows:

Repeat Off → 1 Track Repeat → All Repeat →Repeat Off


All Repeat: all songs in the current list are re-peated.

Repeat Off: no repeat play pattern is applied.

RANDOM (RDM)

When the RDM button is pressed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changed asfollows:

Shuffle Off → Track Shuffle → Album Shuffle →Shuffle Off

Track Shuffle: the tracks in the current list will beplayed randomly.

Album Shuffle: the albums in the current list willbe played randomly.

Shuffle Off: no random play pattern is applied.

BACK button

When the BACK button is pressed, it returns tothe previous menu.

BLUETOOTH® STREAMING AUDIOWITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEMIf you have a compatible Bluetooth® audio de-vice that is capable of playing audio files, thedevice can be connected to the vehicle’s audiosystem so that the audio files on the device playthrough the vehicle’s speakers.


Connecting Bluetooth® audio

To connect your Bluetooth® audio device to thevehicle, follow the procedure below:

1. Press the ENTER/SETTING button.

2. Select “Bluetooth”.

3. Select “Add Phone or Device”. This samescreen can be accessed to remove, replaceor select a different Bluetooth® device.

4. The system acknowledges the commandand asks you to initiate connecting from thephone handset.

5. The system will display a PIN on the screenand request confirmation that it matches theone on the handset.

6. Using the menu control switch on the steer-ing wheel, select “Yes” and then pressthe button. If the PIN does not match,the wrong device may have been selectedon the handset.

NOTE:

The connecting procedure of the cellularphone varies according to each cellularphone model. For additional information,refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual.You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or www.nissan.ca/bluetooth forinstructions on connecting NISSAN recom-mended cellular phones.

Audio main operationTo switch to the Bluetooth® audio mode, pressthe MEDIA button repeatedly until theBluetooth® audio mode is displayed on thescreen.

The controls for the Bluetooth® audio are dis-played on the screen. Use the Preset 3 button forplay and the Preset 4 button for pause.

CD CARE AND CLEANING

● Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend thedisc. Never touch the surface of the disc.

● Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

● To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.

● Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.

LHA2775 LHA0049


● A new disc may be rough on the inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges byrubbing the inner and outer edges with theside of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

1. menu control switch/OK button2. SOURCE button3. Volume control buttonsSTEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL

SOURCE select switchWith the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi-tion, push the SOURCE switch to turn the audiosystem on.

Push the source select switch to change themode in the following sequence:

AM → FM → XM → USB/iPod®*→ Bluetooth®Audio* → AUX* → AM.

* These modes are only available when compat-ible media storage is inserted into the device orconnected to the system.

Volume control buttonsPush the volume control buttons to increase ordecrease the volume.

Menu controlswitch/OK button

While the display is showing a map or audioscreen, tilt the Menu Control switch upward ordownward to select a station, track, CD or folder.For most audio sources, tilting the switchup/down for more than 1.5 seconds provides adifferent function than a tilting up/down for lessthan 1.5 seconds.

AM and FM

● Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the preset station.

● Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds toseek up or down to the next station.

● Press the OK button to show the list ofpreset stations.

LHA3204


XM

● Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the preset station.

● Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds togo to the next or previous channel.

● Press the OK button to show the XM Menu.

iPod®

● Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the track number.

● Press the OK button to show the iPod Menu.

CD


● Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the folder number (ifplaying compressed audio files).

● Press the OK button to show the CD Menu.

USB


● Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds toincrease or decrease the folder number.

● Press the OK button to show the USB Menu.

Bluetooth® Audio

● Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds toskip ahead or back to the next song.

● Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds toreverse or fast forward the current song.

AUX

● Press the OK button to show the AUX Menu.

This vehicle is equipped with NissanConnectSM

Mobile Apps. This allows many compatibleSmartphone applications to be displayed andeasily controlled through the vehicle’s audio sys-tem.

NOTE:

A compatible smartphone and registrationis required to use mobile applications or toaccess connected features of certain ve-hicle applications.

REGISTERING NISSANCONNECTSM

MOBILE APPSTo use the NissanConnectSM Mobile Apps fea-ture, it is necessary for the user to register. Inorder to register, visit the NissanConnectSM

website, www.nissanusa.com/connect/ orhttps://canada.nissanconnect.com (For Canada).Once registered, download the Nissan-ConnectSM App from the App Store or GooglePlay Store and then log into the application. If youalready have a NISSAN Owner Portal Account,then you can use this login information to accessthe app.

NISSANCONNECTSM MOBILE APPS


CONNECT PHONE

To use this feature, a compatible smartphonemust be connected via Bluetooth® or USB to thevehicle. For additional information, refer to“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System withoutNavigation System” regarding connecting yourphone in this section.

NOTE:

Apple iPhone can be paired via Bluetooth®for NissanConnectSM Apps to function.

NOTE:

Apple certified cables are supported andsome aftermarket cables may not functioncorrectly with the USB port.

APPLICATION DOWNLOADOnce connected, the NissanConnectSM App willsearch your phone to determine which compat-ible applications are currently installed. The userwill then choose which apps they want to bringinto their vehicle from the list of apps within the“Manage My Apps” section of the Nissan-ConnectSM App on their smartphone. The vehiclewill then download the in-vehicle interface foreach of these compatible applications. Oncedownloaded, the user can access their selectedsmartphone applications through the vehicle in-

terface. For additional information on applicationavailability visit www.nissanusa.com/connect/ orwww.canada.nissanconnect.com

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone inyour vehicle, be sure to observe the followingprecautions; otherwise, the new equipment mayadversely affect the engine control system andother electronic parts.

WARNING

● A cellular phone should not be used forany purpose while driving so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use ofcellular phones while driving.

● If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-lar phone operational mode is highlyrecommended. Exercise extreme cau-tion at all times so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

● If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while talking onthe phone, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehicle.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


CAUTION

● Keep the antenna as far away as pos-sible from the electronic controlmodules.

● Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic controlsystem harnesses. Do not route the an-tenna wire next to any harness.

● Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

● Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

● For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

● Use a phone after stopping your vehiclein a safe location. If you have to use aphone while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

● If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while talking onthe phone, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehicle.

CAUTION

To avoid discharging the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.

BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATIONSYSTEM (if so equipped)


Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System. If you have a com-patible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone, youcan set up the wireless connection between yourcellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module.With Bluetooth® wireless technology, you can

make or receive a hands-free telephone call withyour cellular phone in the vehicle.

Once your cellular phone is connected to thein-vehicle phone module, no other phone con-necting procedure is required. Your phone isautomatically connected with the in-vehicle

phone module when the ignition switch is placedin the ON position with the previously connectedcellular phone turned on and carried in the ve-hicle.

NOTE:

Some devices require the user to acceptconnections to other Bluetooth® devices. Ifyour phone does not connect automatically to the system, consult the phone’sOwner’s Manual for details on device op-eration.

You can connect up to five different Bluetooth®cellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.

● Set up the wireless connection between acompatible cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the hands-freephone system.

● Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized or work properly.Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetoothor www.nissan.ca/bluetooth for a recom-mended phone list and connecting instruc-tions.

LHA3199


● You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

– Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser-vice area.

– Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive a cellular signal; suchas in a tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, near a tall building or in a moun-tainous area.

– Your cellular phone is locked to prevent itfrom being dialed.

● When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voice dur-ing a call.

● Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from thein-vehicle phone module to prevent tonequality degradation and wireless connectiondisruption.

● While a cellular phone is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, thebattery power of the cellular phone may dis-charge quicker than usual. The Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System cannot chargecellular phones.

● For additional information, refer to “Trouble-shooting guide” in this section if the hands-free phone system seems to be malfunction-ing.

● Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers. Stor-ing the device in a different location mayreduce or eliminate the noise.

● For additional information, refer to the cellu-lar phone Owner’s Manual regarding thetelephone charges, cellular phone antennaand body, etc.

REGULATORY INFORMATIONFCC Regulatory information

– CAUTION: To maintain compliance withFCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only thesupplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.

– Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions:

1. This device may not cause interference and

2. this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.

IC Regulatory information

– Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions: (1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

– This Class B digital apparatus meets all re-quirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.


USING THE SYSTEMThe NISSAN Voice Recognition system allowshands-free operation of the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

If the vehicle is in motion, some commands maynot be available so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.


Initialization

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized,which takes a few seconds. If the button ispressed before the initialization completes, thesystem will announce “Hands-free phone systemnot ready” and will not react to voice commands.

Operating tipsTo get the best performance out of the NISSANVoice Recognition system, observe the following:

● Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminatesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing voice commands correctly.

● Wait until the beep sounds before speakinga command. Otherwise, the command willnot be received properly.

● Start speaking a command within 5 secondsafter the beep sounds.

● Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

Giving voice commandsTo operate NISSAN Voice Recognition (VR),press and release the button located onthe steering wheel. After the beep sounds, speaka command.The command given is picked up by the micro-phone, and voice feedback is given when thecommand is accepted.

● If you need to hear the available commandsfor the current menu again, say “Help” andthe system will repeat them.

● If a command is not recognized, the systemannounces, “Command not recognized.Please try again.”Make sure the command issaid exactly as prompted by the system andrepeat the command in a clear voice.

● If you want to go back to the previous com-mand, you can say “Go back” or “Correc-tion” any time the system is waiting for aresponse.

● You can cancel a command when the sys-tem is waiting for a response by saying,“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces“Cancel” and ends the Voice Recognitionsession. You can also press and holdthe button on the steering wheel for5 seconds at any time to end the VR session.Whenever the VR session is cancelled, adouble beep is played to indicate you haveexited the system.

● If you want to adjust the volume of the voicefeedback, press the volume control switches(+ or -) on the steering wheel while beingprovided with feedback. You can also usethe radio volume control knob.

Voice Prompt InterruptIn most cases you can interrupt the voice feed-back to speak the next command by pressingthe button on the steering wheel. Afterinterrupting the system, wait for a beep beforespeaking your command.

One Shot CallTo use the system faster, you may speak thesecond level commands with the main menucommand on the main menu. For example, pressthe button and after the beep say, “CallRedial”.


CONTROL BUTTONS

The control buttons for the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System are located on the steeringwheel.

PHONE/SEND

Press the button to initiatea VR session or answer an incom-ing call.

You can also use the buttonto interrupt the system feedbackand give a command at once. Foradditional information, refer to“Voice commands” and “During acall” in this section.

PHONE/ENDWhile the voice recognition sys-tem is active, press and holdthe button for 5 seconds toquit the voice recognition systemat any time.

Tuning switchWhile using the voice recognitionsystem, tilt the tuning switch up ordown to manually control thephone system.

CONNECTING PROCEDURE

NOTE:

The connecting procedure must be per-formed when the vehicle is stationary. If thevehicle starts moving during the procedure,the procedure will be cancelled.

LHA3194 LHA2775


To connect a phone to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System:

1. Press the SETTING button.

2. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob to select“Bluetooth” and then press the ENTER but-ton.

Menu Item Result

Bluetooth ON/OFF Allows user to switch Bluetooth® on and off. Bluetooth® must be turned on in order to connect device.On Turns Bluetooth® functionality on.Off Turns Bluetooth® functionality off.

Add Phone Upon pressing this button, a message with a PIN appears on the screen. Operate the Bluetooth® phone to enter the PIN and complete theconnection process.

Once a phone is connected, additional options will be displayed.

Menu Item Result

Replace Phone Replace the phone currently connected to the system. This option allows the user to keep any voicetags that were recorded using the previ-ous phone if vehicle is equipped with voice recognition.

Select Phone Choose a phone a list of previously connected or currently connected phones.Phonebook download Adds the connected phone’s contacts to the vehicle phonebook.Show Incoming Calls Displays a list of the connected phone’s incoming calls.

The connecting procedure varies according to each phone. For additional information, refer to the phone’s Owner’s Manual for details. You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or www.nissan.ca/bluetooth. You can also call the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on connectingrecommended cellular phones.


VOICE COMMANDS

Voice commands can be used to operate theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. Pressthe button and say “Phone” to bring up thephone command menu. The available optionsare:

● Call

● Phonebook

● Recent Calls

● Messaging (if available)

● Show Applications (if available)

● Select Phone or Device

“Call”For additional information on the “Call” com-mand, refer to “Making a call” in this section.

“Phonebook”

The following commands are available under“Phonebook”:

● (a name)Say a name in the phonebook to bring up alist of options for that phonebook entry. Thesystem will say the name it interpreted basedon the voice command provided. If the nameis incorrect, say “Correction” to hear anothername.Once the correct phonebook entry is identi-fied, say “Dial” to dial the number or “SendText” to send a text message to that number.Say “Record Name” to record a name for thephonebook entry. Say “Delete Recording” todelete a recorded name for the phonebookentry.

● List NamesSpeak this command to have the system listthe names in the phonebook one by onealphabetically. Say “Dial” to dial the numberof the current name or “Send Text” to send atext message to that number. Say “Next En-try” or “Previous Entry” to move through thelist alphabetically. Say “Record Name” torecord a name for the current phonebookentry. Say “Delete Recording” to delete arecorded name for the current phonebookentry.

“Recent Calls”

The following commands are available under“Recent Calls”:

● Incoming CallsSpeak this command to list the last fiveincoming calls to the vehicle. If the call isfrom an entry in the phonebook, the namewill be displayed. Otherwise, the phonenumber of the incoming call will be dis-played.Say “Dial” to call the number or “Send Text”to send a text message to that number. Say“Next Entry” or “Previous Entry” to movethrough the list of incoming calls.

● Missed CallsSpeak this command to list the last fivemissed calls to the vehicle. If the call is froman entry in the phonebook, the name will bedisplayed. Otherwise, the phone number ofthe missed call will be displayed.Say “Dial” to call the number or “Send Text”to send a text message to that number. Say“Next Entry” or “Previous Entry” to movethrough the list of missed calls.


● Outgoing CallsSpeak this command to list the last fiveoutgoing calls from the vehicle. If the callwas to an entry in the phonebook, the namewill be displayed. Otherwise, the phonenumber of the outgoing call will be dis-played.Say “Dial” to call the number or “Send Text”to send a text message to that number. Say“Next Entry” or “Previous Entry” to movethrough the list of outgoing calls.

● RedialSpeak this command to call the last numberdialed.

● Call BackSpeak this command to call the number ofthe last incoming call to the vehicle.

“Messaging”

Speak this command to access text messagingfunctions. For additional information on thesecommands, refer to “Text messaging” in this sec-tion.

“Show Applications”

Speak this command to display list of smart-phone apps available.

NOTE:

Compatible smartphone and registrationnecessary to access applications. For addi-tional information, refer to “Nissan-ConnectSM Mobile Apps” in this section.

“Select Phone”Speak this command to select a phone to usefrom a list of those phones connected to thevehicle.

MAKING A CALLTo make a call from a phone connected to thevehicle’s Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem:

1. Press the button on the steeringwheel.

2. The system will prompt you for a command.Say “Call”.

3. Select one of the available voice commandsto continue:

● “(A Name)” — Speak the name of a phone-book entry to place a call to that entry. Thesystem will respond with the name it inter-preted from your command and will promptyou to confirm that the name is correct. Say“Yes” to initiate the call or “No” to hear an-other name from the phonebook.

● “Phone Number” — Speak this command toplace a call by inputting numbers. For 7– to10–digit phone number, speak the numbers.Say “Correction” at any time in the processto correct a misspoken or misinterpretednumber. For phone numbers with more dig-its or special characters, say “Special Num-ber”, then speak the digits. Up to 24 digitscan be entered. Available special charactersare “start”, “pound”, “plus”, and “pause”.When finished, say “Dial” to initiate the call.Say “Correction” at any time in the processto correct a misspoken or misinterpretednumber or character.

● “Redial” – Speak this command to dial thenumber of the last outgoing call. The systemwill display “Re-dialing <name/number>”.The name of the phonebook entry will bedisplayed if it available, otherwise the num-ber being re-dialed will be displayed.

● “Call Back” – Speak this command to dialthe number of the last incoming call. Thesystem will display “Calling back<name/number>”. The name of the phone-book entry will be displayed if it available,otherwise the number being called back willbe displayed.


RECEIVING A CALLWhen a call is received by the phone connectedto the vehicle’s Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, the call information is displayed on eitherthe vehicle information display or both the vehicleinformation display and he control panel display.

Press the button to accept the call. Pressthe button to reject the call.

DURING A CALLWhile a call is active, press the button toaccess additional options. Speak one of the fol-lowing commands:

● “Send” – Speak this command followed bythe digits to enter digits during the phonecall.

● “Mute On” or “Mute Off” – Speak the com-mand to mute or unmute the system.

● “Transfer Call” – Speak this command totransfer the call to the handset. To transferthe call back from the handset to theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System,press the button and confirm whenprompted.

If supported by the phone, the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System allows for call waitingfunctionality. If a call is received while another callis already active, a message will be displayed on

the screen. Press the button to hold theactive call and switch to the second call. Pressthe button to reject the second call.While the second call is active, pressingthe button will allow the same commandsthat are available during any call and two addi-tional commands:

● “Switch Call” – Speak this command to holdthe second call and switch back to the origi-nal call.

● “End Other Call” – Speak this command tostay with the second call and end the originalcall.

Press the button to accept the call. Pressthe button to reject the call.

ENDING A CALLTo end an active call, press the button.

TEXT MESSAGING (if so equipped)

WARNING

● Laws in some jurisdictions may restrictthe use of “Text-to-Speech.” Check lo-cal regulations before using thefeature.

● Laws in some jurisdictions may restrictthe use of some of the applications andfeatures, such as social networking andtexting. Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

● Use the text messaging feature afterstopping your vehicle in a safe location.If you have to use the feature whiledriving, exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

● If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while using the textmessaging feature, pull off the road to asafe location and stop your vehicle.

NOTE:

This feature is automatically disabled if theconnected device does not support the Mes-sage Access Profile (MAP). For additionalinformation, refer to the phone’s Owner’sManual for details and instructions or visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth orwww.nissan.ca/bluetooth for additional in-formation on phone compatibility.The system allows for the sending and receivingof text messages through the vehicle interface.


Sending a text message:

1. Press the button.

2. Say “Messaging”.

3. Say “Send Text”.

4. The system will provide a list of availablecommands in order to determine the recipi-ent of the text message. Choose from thefollowing:

● (A name)

● Number

● Incoming Calls

● Outgoing Calls

● Missed Calls

If “Incoming Calls”, “Outgoing Calls”, or“Missed Calls” is selected, the following ad-ditional commands will be displayed:

● Send Text

● Next Entry

● Previous Entry

For additional information about these op-tions, refer to “Voice commands” in this sec-tion.

5. Once a recipient is chosen, the systemprompts for which message to send. Fivepredefined messages are available andthree custom messages. To choose one ofthe predefined messages, speak one of thefollowing:

● “Driving, can’t text”

● “Call me”

● “On my way”

● “Running late”

● “Okay”

To send one of the custom messages, say“Custom Message”. If more than one cus-tom message is stored, the system willprompt for the number of the desired cus-tom message. For additional information onsetting and managing custom text mes-sages, refer to “Bluetooth® settings” in thissection.

Reading a received text message:

1. Press the button.

2. Say “Messaging”.

3. Say “Read Text”.The text message, sender and delivery time areshown on the screen. Use the tuning switch onthe steering wheel to scroll through all text mes-

sages if more than one are available. Pressthe button to exit the text message screen.Press the button to access the followingoptions for replying to the text message:

● Call BackSpeak this command to call the sender ofthe text message using the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System.

● Send TextSpeak this command to send a text messageresponse to the sender of the text message.

● Read TextSpeak this command to read the text mes-sage again.

● Previous TextSpeak this command to move to the previ-ous text message (if available).

● Next TextSpeak this command to move to the next textmessage (if available).

NOTE:

Text messages are only displayed if thevehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).


BLUETOOTH® SETTINGSTo access and adjust the settings for theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System:

1. Press the SETTING button.

2. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob to select“Bluetooth” and then press the ENTER but-ton:

● BluetoothSelect “On” or “Off” to turn the vehicle’sBluetooth® system on or off.

● Add PhoneFor additional information, refer to “Con-necting procedure” in this section.

● Delete PhoneSelect to delete a phone from the displayedlist. The system will ask to confirm beforedeleting the phone.

● Replace PhoneSelect to replace a phone from the displayedlist. When a selection is made, the systemwill ask to confirm before proceeding. Therecorded phonebook for the phone beingdeleted will be saved as long as the newphone’s phonebook is the same as the oldphone’s phonebook.

● Select PhoneSelect to connect to a previously connectedphone from the displayed list.

● Phonebook DownloadSelect to turn on or off the automatic down-load of a connected phone’s phonebook.

● Show Incoming CallsSelect “Driver Only” to have incoming callinformation displayed only in the vehicle in-formation display. Select “Both” to have in-coming call information displayed in both thevehicle information display and the centerdisplay screen.

● Text Message (if so equipped)Select to turn on or off the vehicle’s textmessaging feature.

● New Text Sound (if so equipped)Select to adjust the volume of the sound thatplays when a new text is received by a phoneconnected to the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System. The setting all the way to theleft indicates that the new text sound will bemuted.

● Show Incoming Text (if so equipped)Select “Driver Only” to have incoming textmessages displayed only in the vehicle infor-mation display. Select “Both” to have incom-ing text messages displayed in both the ve-hicle information display and the centerdisplay screen. Select “None” to have nodisplay of incoming text messages.

● Edit Custom Messages (if so equipped)Select to set a custom message that will beavailable with the standard options whensending a text message. To set a custommessage, send a text message to your ownphone number while the phone is connectedto the system. Three custom messages canbe set. Custom messages can only be setwhile the vehicle is stationary.

LHA3540


● Auto Reply (if so equipped)Select to turn on or off the Auto Reply func-tion. When enabled, the vehicle will auto-matically send a predefined text message tothe sender when a text message is receivedwhile driving.

● Auto Reply Message (if so equipped)Select to choose the message that is sentwhen the Auto Reply function is enabled.Choose from “I’m Driving”or one of the threecustom messages stored in the system.

● Vehicle Signature On/Off (if so equipped)Select to choose whether or not the vehiclesignature is added to outgoing text mes-sages from the vehicle. This message can-not be changed or customized.

MANUAL CONTROLWhile using the Voice Recognition system, it ispossible to select menu options by using thesteering wheel controls instead of speaking voicecommands. To activate manual control mode,press the PHONE/SEND ( ) button on thesteering wheel to access the phone menu andthen press either up or down on the tuning switch( ).

The manual control mode does not allow dialing aphone number by digits. The user may select anentry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists.To reactivate Voice Recognition, exit the manualcontrol mode by pressing and holding thePHONE/END ( ) button. At that time, press-ing the PHONE/SEND ( ) button will startthe Hands Free Phone System.


MEMO


5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . 5-3On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Off-road recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Push-Button Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge. . . . . . . 5-13NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Remote start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . 5-15Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) System(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Blind spot warning (BSW) system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22BSW system precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28RCTA system precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Radar maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system(full speed range) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

ICC system precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35ICC operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

Predictive Forward Collision Warning system(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49

System operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49Forward Emergency Braking system(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55

System operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

Driver Attention Alert (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59Driver Attention Alert operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60Turning the Driver Attention Alert system onand off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61Driver Attention Alert limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62Fuel efficient driving tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70Hill Start Assist system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73

Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73Antifreeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73Special winter equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74

WARNING

● Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistanceof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould also not be left alone. Theycould accidentally injure themselves orothers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.


● Exceeding the roof rack capacity canchange the vehicle’s center of gravityand adversely affect the handling andstability of the vehicle resulting in anaccident causing death or seriousinjury.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

● Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger-ous. It can cause unconsciousness ordeath.

● If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with all win-dows fully open, and have the vehicleinspected immediately.

● Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

● Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.

● Keep the lift gate and rear vent windowsclosed while driving, otherwise exhaustgases could be drawn into the passen-ger compartment. If you must drive withthe liftgate or rear vent windows open,follow these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation but-ton to off and the fan control dial tohigh to circulate the air.

● If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailer throughthe seal on the liftgate or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommen-dation to prevent carbon monoxide en-try into the vehicle.

● The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system, un-derbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

WARNING

● The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-tem are very hot. Keep people, animalsor flammable materials away from theexhaust system components.

● Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

CAUTION

● Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

● Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv-ing if the engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or other un-usual operating conditions aredetected. Have the vehicle inspectedpromptly by a NISSAN dealer.

● Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thethree-way catalyst.

● Do not race the engine while warming itup.

● Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold and in-flated to the inflation pressure recommended bythe vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placardor tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the size indicated onthe vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label,you should determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has beenequipped with a TPMS that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. Accordingly, whenthe low tire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check all four tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tire

failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the level totrigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined with the low tirepressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal-function exists. When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons,including the installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac-ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Starting and driving 5-3

Additional information:

● The TPMS does not monitor the tirepressure of the spare tire.

● The TPMS will activate only when the vehicleis driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect asudden drop in tire pressure (for example aflat tire while driving).

● The low tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pressureis adjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

● The “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warningappears in the vehicle information displaywhen the low tire pressure warning light isilluminated and low tire pressure is detected.The “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warningturns off when the low tire pressure warninglight turns off.

● The “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warningappears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illumi-nated.

● The “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.

● Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Low outsidetemperature can lower the temperature ofthe air inside the tire which can cause alower tire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light to illumi-nate. If the warning light illuminates, checkthe tire pressure for all four tires.

● The Tire and Loading Information label (alsoreferred to as the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label) is located in thedriver’s door opening.

● You can also check the pressure of all tires(except the spare tire) on the vehicle infor-mation display screen. The order of the tirepressure figures displayed on the screencorresponds with the actual order of the tireposition.

For additional information, refer to “Low tire pres-sure warning light” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem (TPMS)” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

WARNING


● If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. (For additional information,refer to “Flat tire” in the “In case ofemergency” section for changing a flattire.)


● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, tire pressure will not beindicated, the TPMS will not functionand the low tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1 minute.The light will remain on after 1 minute.Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.


● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

CAUTION

● The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped with tirechains or the wheels are buried in snow.

● Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on the win-dows. This may cause poor reception ofthe signals from the tire pressure sen-sors, and the TPMS will not functionproperly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tire pressure warning light to illu-minate.

Some examples are:

– Facilities or electric devices using similar radiofrequencies are near the vehicle.

– If a transmitter set to similar frequencies isbeing used in or near the vehicle.

– If a computer (or similar equipment) or aDC/AC converter is being used in or near thevehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modification not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to op-erate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the de-vice.

TPMS with Easy Fill Tire AlertWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire, theTPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual andaudible signals outside the vehicle to help youinflate the tires to the recommended COLD tirepressure.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place the shiftlever to the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch to the ON position.Do not start the engine.


Operation

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicatorswill start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure is reached,the horn beeps once and the hazard indica-tors stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

● If the tire is over-inflated more than ap-proximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flashthree times. To correct the pressure, pushthe core of the valve stem on the tirebriefly to release pressure. When thepressure reaches the designated pres-sure, the horn beeps once.

● If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicates thatthe Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating.

● The TPMS will not activate the Easy FillTire Alert under the following conditions:

– If there is interference from an externaldevice or transmitter.

– The air pressure from the inflation deviceis not sufficient to inflate the tire.

– There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys-tem.

– There is a malfunction in the horn or haz-ard indicators.

– The identification code of the tires pres-sure sensor is not registered to the sys-tem.

– The battery of the tire pressure sensor islow.

● If the Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move the ve-hicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward or forwardand try again.

If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a tirepressure gauge.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONSUtility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than passen-ger cars to make them capable of performing in avariety of on-pavement and off-road applications.This gives them a higher center of gravity thanordinary vehicles. An advantage of higher groundclearance is a better view of the road, allowingyou to anticipate problems. However, they are not

designed for cornering at the same speeds asconventional 2-wheel drive vehicles any morethan low-slung sports cars are designed to per-form satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If atall possible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds. Aswith other vehicles of this type, failure to operatethis vehicle correctly may result in loss of controlor vehicle rollover. In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seat belt.

For additional information, refer to “Driving safetyprecautions” in this section.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steering ma-neuvers, because these driving practices couldcause you to lose control of your vehicle.

As with any vehicle, loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects or cause the vehicle to roll over,


particularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways.

Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving whentired. Never drive when under the influence ofalcohol or drugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsi-ness). Always wear your seat belt as outlined inthe “Safety – Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system” section of this manual, and alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli-sions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

While driving, the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface. If thisoccurs, maintain control of the vehicle by follow-ing the procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. The vehiclemust be driven as appropriate based on the con-ditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the ve-hicle to follow the road while vehicle speedis reduced. Do not attempt to drive the ve-hicle back onto the road surface until vehiclespeed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return to theroad surface. When all tires are on the roadsurface, steer the vehicle to stay in the ap-propriate driving lane.

● If you decide that it is not safe to return thevehicle to the road surface based on vehicle,road or traffic conditions, gradually slow thevehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can occurif the tire is punctured or is damaged due tohitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure losscan also be caused by driving on under-inflatedtires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handlingand stability of the vehicle, especially at highwayspeeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain-ing the correct air pressure and visually inspectthe tires for wear and damage. For additionalinformation, refer to “Wheels and tires” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual. If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or“blows-out” while driving, maintain control of thevehicle by following the procedure below. Pleasenote that this procedure is only a general guide.The vehicle must be driven as appropriate basedon the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.Losing control of the vehicle may cause acollision and result in personal injury.

● The vehicle generally moves or pulls inthe direction of the flat tire.

● Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

● Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

● Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.


1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe locationoff the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andcontact a roadside emergency service tochange the tire. For additional information,refer to “Changing a flat tire” in the “In caseof emergency” section of this manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcoholor drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re-duces coordination, delays reaction timeand impairs judgement. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likelihoodof being involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, if youare injured in an accident, alcohol canincrease the severity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related collisions. Al-though the local laws vary on what is consideredto be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and most peopleunderestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! That istrue for drugs (over-the-counter, prescription)and illegal drugs too. Don’t drive if your ability tooperate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol,drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Your NISSAN is designed for both normal andoff-road use. However, avoid driving in deep wa-ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed forleisure use, unlike a conventional off-road ve-hicle.

Remember that 2-wheel drive models are lesscapable than all-wheel drive models for roughroad driving and extrication when stuck in deepsnow or mud, or the like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

● Spinning the front wheels on slipperysurface may cause the AWD warningmessage to display and the AWD sys-tem to automatically switch from theAWD to the 2WD mode. This could re-duce the traction. Be especially carefulwhen towing a trailer. (AWD models)

● Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicleshould be seated with their seat beltfastened. This will keep you and yourpassengers in position when drivingover rough terrain.


● Do not drive across steep slopes. In-stead drive either straight up or straightdown the slopes. Off-road vehicles cantip over sideways much more easilythan they can forward or backward.

● Many hills are too steep for any vehicle.If you drive up them, you may stall. Ifyou drive down them, you may not beable to control your speed. If you driveacross them, you may roll over.

● Do not shift gears while driving ondownhill grades as this could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

● Stay alert when driving to the top of ahill. At the top there could be a drop-offor other hazard that could cause anaccident.

● If your engine stalls or you cannot makeit to the top of a steep hill, never at-tempt to turn around. Your vehicle couldtip or roll over. Always back straightdown in R (Reverse) gear and applybrakes to control your speed.

● Heavy braking going down a hill couldcause your brakes to overheat and fade,resulting in loss of control and an acci-dent. Apply brakes lightly and use a lowgear to control your speed.

● Unsecured cargo can be thrown aroundwhen driving over rough terrain. Prop-erly secure all cargo so it will not bethrown forward and cause injury to youor your passengers.

● Exceeding the roof rack capacity canraise the center of gravity excessivelyand affect the handling and stability ofthe vehicle.

● Secure heavy loads in the cargo area asfar forward and as low as possible. Donot equip the vehicle with tires largerthan specified in this manual. This couldcause your vehicle to roll over.

● Do not grip the inside or spokes of thesteering wheel when driving off-road.The steering wheel could move sud-denly and injure your hands. Insteaddrive with your fingers and thumbs onthe outside of the rim.

● Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengers havetheir seat belts fastened.

● Always drive with the floor mats in placeas the floor may become hot.

● Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a higher centerof gravity, your NISSAN is more affectedby strong side winds. Slower speedsensure better vehicle control.

● Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires, even with AWDengaged.

● For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury.


● Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-mometer (such as the dynamometersused by some states for emissions test-ing), or similar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised off theground. Make sure you inform test facil-ity personnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrongtest equipment may result in drivetraindamage or unexpected vehicle move-ment which could result in serious ve-hicle damage or personal injury.

● When a wheel is off the ground due toan unlevel surface, do not spin thewheel excessively.

● Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

● If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at high speeds.Your NISSAN vehicle has a higher cen-ter of gravity than a passenger car. Thevehicle is not designed for cornering atthe same speeds as passenger cars.

● Failure to operate this vehicle correctlycould result in loss of control and/or arollover accident.

● Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted,or radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the frontwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

● Be sure to check the brakes immedi-ately after driving in mud or water. Foradditional information, refer to “Brakesystem” in this section for “Wetbrakes”.

● Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicle and itrolls forward, backward or sideways,you could be injured.

● Whenever you drive off-road throughsand, mud or water as deep as thewheel hub, more frequent maintenancemay be required. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Periodic maintenance”in the “NISSAN Service and Mainte-nance Guide.”

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except inan emergency. (The engine will stop whenthe ignition switch is pushed 3 consecu-tive times in less than 1.5 seconds or theignition switch is pushed and held formore than 2 seconds.) If the engine stopswhile the vehicle is being driven, thiscould lead to a crash and serious injury.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


When the ignition switch is pushed without de-pressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch willilluminate.

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFFposition, push the ignition switch center:

● once to change to ACC.

● two times to change to ON.

● three times to change to OFF.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot bemoved from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operation aredisplayed on the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicle informa-tion display” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis-charged or strong radio waves are present nearthe operating location, the Intelligent Key sys-tem’s operating range becomes narrower andmay not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range,it is possible for anyone, even someone who doesnot carry the Intelligent Key, to push the ignitionswitch to start the engine.

LSD2014 LSD2020


The operating range of the engine start functionis inside of the vehicle �1 .

● The luggage area is not included in the op-erating range, but the Intelligent Key mayfunction.

● If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru-ment panel, inside the glove box, storage binor door pocket, the Intelligent Key may notfunction.

● If the Intelligent Key is placed near the dooror window outside the vehicle, the IntelligentKey may function.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)

The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it ispushed to the ACC position while carrying theIntelligent Key.

The ignition switch will lock when any door isopened or closed with the ignition switched off.

ACC (Accessories)

This position activates electrical accessories,such as the radio, when the engine is not running.

ACC has a battery saver feature that will turn theignition switch to the OFF position after a periodof time under the following conditions:

● all doors are closed.

● shift lever is in P (Park).

● hazard lamps are off.

● turn signals are off.

The battery saver feature will be cancelled if anyof the following occur:

● any door is opened.

● shift lever is moved out of P (Park).

● ignition switch changes position.

● hazard lamps are turned on.

ON (Normal operating position)

This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

ON has a battery saver feature that will turn theignition switch to the OFF position, if the vehicleis not running, after some time under the follow-ing conditions:

● all doors are closed.

● shift lever is in P (Park).

● hazard lamps are off.

● turn signals are off.

The battery saver feature will be cancelled if anyof the following occur:

● any door is opened.

● shift lever is moved out of the P (Park) posi-tion.

● ignition switch changes position.

● hazard lamps are turned on.

● turn signals are turned on.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in ACC or ON positions when theengine is not running for an extended pe-riod. This can discharge the battery.

OFF

The ignition switch is in the OFF position whenthe engine is turned off using the ignition switch.If equipped, the ignition switch heart beat func-tion (pulsed illumination) may activate for a periodof time when any door is unlocked and when thedoor opened/closed status changes in the OFFand ACC positions.


EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving, perform the following procedure:

– Rapidly push the push-button ignition switchthree consecutive times in less than 1.5 sec-onds, or

– Push and hold the push-button ignition switchfor more than 2 seconds.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®BATTERY DISCHARGEIf the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key® isdischarged, or environmental conditions interferewith the Intelligent Key operation, start the engineaccording to the following procedure:

1. Place the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with the IntelligentKey as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)

(After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing thebrake pedal, the ignition switch position willchange to ON.)

4. Push the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal within ten seconds after thechime sounds. The engine will start.

NOTE:

● When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position or the engine is started by theabove procedure, the Intelligent Key batterydischarge indicator appears in the vehicleinformation display even when the IntelligentKey is inside the vehicle. This is not a mal-function. To turn off the Intelligent Key bat-tery discharge indicator, touch the ignitionswitch with the Intelligent Key again.

● If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi-cator appears, replace the battery as soonas possible. For additional information, referto “Battery Replacement” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

SSD0860


NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registered key(for example, when interference is caused byanother registered key, an automated toll roaddevice or automatic payment device on the keyring), restart the engine using the following pro-cedure:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec-ommends placing the registered key on a sepa-rate key ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.

● Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

● Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid, and windshield-washer fluidas frequently as possible, or at least when-ever you refuel.

● Check that all windows and lights are clean.

● Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

● Check that all doors are closed.

● Position seat and adjust headrestraints/headrests.

● Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

● Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

● Check the operation of warning lights whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion. For additional information, refer to“Warning/indicator lights and audible re-minders” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neu-tral). P (Park) is recommended.The starter is designed not to operateunless the shift lever is in either P(Park) or N (Neutral).

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.Depress the brake pedal and push the igni-tion switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push andrelease the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal with the ignition switch inany position.

● If the engine is very hard to start in ex-tremely cold weather or when restarting,depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap-proximately 1/3 to the floor) and whileholding, crank the engine. Release theaccelerator pedal when the engine starts.

● If the engine is very hard to start becauseit is flooded, depress the acceleratorpedal all the way to the floor and hold it.Push the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion to start cranking the engine. After fiveor six seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to LOCK. After crank-ing the engine, release the acceleratorpedal. Crank the engine with your foot off

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


the accelerator pedal by depressing thebrake pedal and pushing the push-buttonignition switch to start the engine. If theengine starts, but fails to run, repeat theabove procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, push the ignition switch to theOFF position and wait 10 seconds beforecranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec-onds after starting. Do not race the enginewhile warming it up. Drive at moderatespeed for a short distance first, especially incold weather. In cold weather, keep the en-gine running for a minimum of two to threeminutes before shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short period oftime may make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever intothe P (Park) position and push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of electronicaccessories that consume battery powerwhen the engine is not running (Phone char-gers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or onlydriven short distances. In these cases, thebattery may need to be charged to maintainbattery health.

REMOTE START (if so equipped)Vehicles started with the remote start require theignition switch to be placed in the ON positionbefore the shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position. To place the ignition switch to theON position, follow these steps:

1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on you.

2. Apply the brake.

3. Press the ignition switch once to the ONposition.

For additional information, refer to “NISSAN In-telligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section of this manual.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT)

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) inyour vehicle is electronically controlled to pro-duce maximum power and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

Starting the vehicle1. After starting the engine, fully depress the

foot brake pedal before moving the shiftlever out of the P (Park) position.This CVT is designed so that the footbrake pedal must be depressed beforeshifting from P (Park) to any drivingposition while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.The shift lever cannot be moved out ofthe P (Park) position and into any ofthe other positions if the ignitionswitch is placed in the LOCK, OFF orACC position.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andmove the shift lever to a driving position.

3. Release the parking brake and foot brakepedal, and then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

WARNING

● Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive) position.Always depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

● Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)while vehicle is moving. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

● Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

CAUTION

● When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by de-pressing the accelerator pedal. The footbrake should be used for this purpose.

● Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Coasting with the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal, push and press the shift lever button andmove the shift lever from the P (Park) position toany of the desired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift lever isin any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could cause thevehicle to move unexpectedly or roll awayand result in serious personal injury orproperty damage.

LSD2222


CAUTION

Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) positiononly when the vehicle is completelystopped.

P (Park)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, use theP (Park) position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped

Use the P (Park) shift lever position when thevehicle is parked or when starting the engine.Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped.The brake pedal must be depressed andthe shift lever button pushed in to move theshift lever from N (Neutral) or any driveposition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then move the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

R (Reverse)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, use theR (Reverse) position only when the vehicleis completely stopped.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped beforeselecting the R (Reverse) position. The brakepedal must be depressed and the shift leverbutton pushed in to move the shift leverfrom P (Park), N (Neutral) or any drive po-sition to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral)

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. Theengine can be started in this position. You mayshift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled enginewhile the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive)

Use this position for all normal forward driving. Manual shift mode

When the shift lever is in the manual shift gate,the transmission is ready for the manual shiftmode. Shift ranges can be selected manually bymoving the shift lever up or down. To cancelmanual shift mode, return the shift lever to the D(Drive) position. The transmission returns to au-tomatic driving mode.

When the shift lever is shifted from D (Drive) tothe manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped orwhile driving, the transmission enters the manualshift mode. Shift ranges can be selected manu-ally. In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in the meter.

LSD2342


When shifting the shift lever to the manual shiftgate, the position indicator displays 1 (first) up to7 (seventh) depending on vehicle speed.

Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:

1⇔ 2 ⇔ 3 ⇔ 4 ⇔ 5⇔ 6⇔ 7

7 (7th)

Use this position for all normal forward driving athighway speeds.

5 (5th) and 6 (6th)

Use this position when driving up long slopes, orfor engine braking when driving down longslopes.

4 (4th), 3 (3rd) and 2 (2nd)

Use these positions for hill climbing or enginebraking on downhill grades.

1 (1st)

Use this position when climbing steep hills slowlyor when driving slowly, or for maximum enginebraking on steep downhill grades.

● Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than 7thgear. This reduces fuel economy.

When shifting up

Move the shift lever to the + (up) side. (Shifts tohigher range.)

When shifting down

Move the shift lever to the � (down) side. (Shiftsto lower range.)

● The transmission will automatically down-shift the gears. (For example, if you select the3rd range, the transmission will shift downbetween the 3rd and 1st gears.)

● Moving the shift lever rapidly to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in succession.

When canceling the manual shift mode

Return the shift lever to the D (Drive) position toreturn the transmission to the normal drivingmode.

● In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gear.This helps maintain driving perfor-mance and reduces the chance of ve-hicle damage or loss of control.

● When this situation occurs, the CVTposition indicator light will blink andthe chime will sound.

● In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may shift up automatically to ahigher range than selected if the en-gine speed is too high. When the ve-hicle speed decreases, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down andshifts to 1st gear before the vehiclecomes to a stop.

● CVT operation is limited to automatic drivemode when CVT fluid temperature is ex-tremely low even if manual shift mode isselected. This is not a malfunction. WhenCVT fluid warms up, manual mode can beselected.

● When the CVT fluid temperature is high, theshift range may upshift in lower rpm thanusual. This is not a malfunction.


Shift lock release

If the battery charge is low or discharged, theshift lever may not be moved from the P (Park)position even with the brake pedal depressedand the shift lever button pushed. To move theshift lever, perform the following procedure:

1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position.


3. Remove the shift lock release cover using asuitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release using asuitable tool.

5. Press the shift lever button and move theshift lever to the N (Neutral) position whileholding down the shift lock release. Thevehicle may be moved to the desired loca-tion. Replace the removed shift lock releasecover after the operation. If the shift levercannot be moved out of the P (Park) posi-tion, have a NISSAN dealer check the CVTsystem as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the shift lever cannot be moved from theP (Park) position while the engine is run-ning and the brake pedal is depressed, thestop lights may not work. Malfunctioningstop lights could cause an accident injur-ing yourself and others.

Accelerator downshift— in D (Drive) position —

For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel-erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis-sion down into a lower gear, depending on thevehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protectionmodeThis transmission has a high fluid temperatureprotection mode. If the fluid temperature be-

comes too high (for example, when climbingsteep grades in high temperatures with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to reducethe chance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may belimited.

Fail-safe

If the vehicle is driven under extreme con-ditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. The MIL maycome on to indicate the fail-safe mode isactivated. For additional information, referto “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in the“Instrument and controls” section of thismanual. This will occur even if all electricalcircuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, place the ignition switch in the OFFposition and wait for 10 seconds. Thenpush the switch back to the ON position.The vehicle should return to its normal op-erating condition. If it does not return to itsnormal operating condition, have aNISSAN dealer check the transmission andrepair if necessary.

LSD2274


WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode or fail-safe operation occurs,vehicle speed may be gradually reduced.The reduced speed may be lower thanother traffic, which could increase thechance of a collision. Be especially carefulwhen driving. If necessary, pull to the sideof the road at a safe place and allow thetransmission to return to normal opera-tion, or have it repaired if necessary.

WARNING

● Be sure the parking brake is fully re-leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

● Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

● Do not use the shift lever in place of theparking brake. When parking, be surethe parking brake is fully engaged.

● Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the parkingbrake and cause an accident.

To engage:

Firmly depress the parking brake.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and itwill release.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

LSD0158

PARKING BRAKE


● Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system

WARNING

● The BSW system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedure and is notdesigned to prevent contact with ve-hicles or objects. When changing lanes,always use the side and rear mirrorsand turn and look in the direction youwill move to ensure it is safe to changelanes. Never rely solely on the BSWsystem.

● The BSW system operates above ap-proximately 20 mph (32 km/h).

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)SYSTEMThe Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system helpsalert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent laneswhen changing lanes.

The BSW system uses radar sensors �1 in-stalled near the rear bumper to detect other ve-hicles in an adjacent lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on eitherside of your vehicle within the detection zoneshown as illustrated. This detection zone startsfrom the outside mirror of your vehicle and ex-tends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rearbumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) side-ways.

The BSW system operates above approximately20 MPH (32 km/h). If the radar sensors detectvehicles in the detection zone, the Blind SpotWarning indicator light illuminates. If the driverthen activates the turn signal, a chime will soundtwice and the Blind Spot Warning indicator lightwill flash.

LSD2223

Detection zoneSSD1030

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)SYSTEM (if so equipped)


BSW SYSTEM OPERATION

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detec-tion zone, the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indica-tor light located by the outside mirrors illumi-nates. If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the BSW indicatorlight flashes. The BSW indicator light continuesto flash until the detected vehicles leave thedetection zone.

The BSW indicator light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is placed in theON position.

The brightness of the BSW indicator light isadjusted automatically depending on the bright-ness of the ambient light.A chime sounds if the radar sensors have alreadydetected vehicles when the driver activates theturn signal. If a vehicle comes into the detectionzone after the driver activates the turn signal, thenonly the BSW indicator light flashes and nochime sounds. For additional information, refer to“BSW driving situations” in this section.

The BSW system automatically turns on everytime the engine is started, as long as it is acti-vated using the settings menu on the vehicleinformation display.

How to enable/disable the BSWsystem

Perform the following steps to enable or disablethe BSW system.

1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-plays in the vehicle information display andthen press OK. Use the button toselect “Driver Assistance”. Then press theOK button.

2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK but-ton.

NOTE:

The RCTA system is integrated into theBSW system. There is not a separate selec-tion in the vehicle information display forthe RCTA system. When the BSW is dis-abled, the RCTA system is also disabled.

BSW indicator lightLSD2228


Temporarily not availableWhen radar blockage is detected, the system willbe deactivated automatically. The “Side RadarObstruction” warning message will appear andthe blind spot indicator (white) will blink �A in thevehicle information display.

The systems are not available until the conditionsno longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporaryambient conditions such as splashing water, mistor fog. The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructingthe radar sensors.

Action to take:When the above conditions no longer exist, thesystem will resume automatically.

Malfunction

When the system malfunctions, it will turn offautomatically. The system malfunction warningmessage with the blind spot indicator (orange)will appear in the vehicle information display. Ifthe BSW system fails, the RCTA system will alsofail.

Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the engine offand restart the engine. If the message continuesto appear, have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

BSW SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

● The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSW when certainobjects are present such as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, or animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high ground clear-ance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detectionzone when you accelerate from astop. For additional information, re-fer to “BSW driving situations” in thissection.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle. For additionalinformation, refer to “BSW drivingsituations” in this section.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly frombehind. For additional information,refer to “BSW driving situations” inthis section.

– A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly. For additional informa-tion, refer to “BSW driving situa-tions” in this section.

– A vehicle that passes through the de-tection zone quickly.

LSD2290


● The radar sensors detection zone is de-signed based on a standard lane width.When driving in a wider lane, the radarsensors may not detect vehicles in anadjacent lane. When driving in a narrowlane, the radar sensors may detect ve-hicles driving two lanes away.

● The radar sensors are designed to ig-nore most stationary objects, howeverobjects such as guardrails, walls, foli-age and parked vehicles may occasion-ally be detected. The system malfunc-tion warning message with the blindspot indicator (orange) will appear inthe vehicle information display. This is anormal driving condition.

● Severe weather or road spray condi-tions may reduce the ability of the radarto detect other vehicles.

● Excessive noise (e.g. audio system vol-ume, open vehicle window) will inter-fere with the chime sound, and it maynot be heard.

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Another vehicle approaching frombehind

Illustration 1: The Blind Spot Warning indicatorlight illuminates if a vehicle enters the detectionzone from behind in an adjacent lane.

However, if the overtaking vehicle is travelingmuch faster than your vehicle, the indicator lightmay not illuminate before the detected vehicle isbeside your vehicle. Always use the side and rear

mirrors and turn and look in the direction yourvehicle will move to ensure it is safe to changelanes.

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behindSSD1026


Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal then the system chimes a sound (twice)and the Blind Spot Warning indicator lightflashes.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal beforea vehicle enters the detection zone, theBlind Spot Warning indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when the othervehicle is detected.

NOTE:

Illustration 3: If you accelerate from a stopwith a vehicle in the detection zone, theother vehicle may not be detected.

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 4: The Blind Spot Warning indicatorlight illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and thatvehicle stays in the detection zone for approxi-mately 2 seconds.

The radar sensors may not detect slower movingvehicles if they are passed quickly.

Illustration 2 – Approaching from behindSSD1031

Illustration 3 – Accelerate from a stopSSD1032

Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicleSSD1033


Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes a sound (twice)and the Blind Spot Warning indicator lightflashes.

NOTE:

Illustration 6: When overtaking several ve-hicles in a row, the vehicles after the firstvehicle may not be detected if they aretraveling close together.

Illustration 5 – Overtaking another vehicleSSD1034

Illustration 6 – Overtaking several vehiclesSSD1036


Entering from the sideIllustration 7: The Blind Spot Warning indicatorlight illuminates if a vehicle enters the detectionzone from either side.

NOTE:

The radar sensors may not detect a vehiclewhich is traveling at about the same speedas your vehicle when it enters the detectionzone.

Illustration 8: Illustration 8: If the driver acti-vates the turn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone the Blind Spot Warning indicatorlight flashes and a chime will sound twice.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal beforea vehicle enters the detection zone, theBlind Spot Warning indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when another ve-hicle is detected.

WARNING

● The RCTA system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and is notdesigned to prevent contact with ve-hicles or objects. When backing out ofparking space, always use the side andrear mirrors and turn and look in thedirection you will move. Never relysolely on the RCTA system.

Illustration 7– Entering from the sideLSD2050

Illustration 8– Entering from the sideSSD1038 LSD2223

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)SYSTEM (if so equipped)


RCTA SYSTEM OPERATIONThe RCTA system can help alert the driver of anapproaching vehicle when the driver is backingout of a parking space.

When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and thevehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH(8 km/h), the RCTA system is operational.

The RCTA system uses radar sensors �1 in-stalled on both sides near the rear bumper todetect an approaching vehicle.

The radar sensors �1 detect an approachingvehicle from up to approximately 66 ft. (20 m)away.

If the radar detects a vehicle approaching fromthe side, the system gives visual and audiblewarnings.

How to enable/disable the RCTAsystemPerform the following steps to enable or disablethe RCTA system.

1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-plays in the vehicle information display. Usethe button to select “Driver Assis-tance”. Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK but-ton.

NOTE:

The RCTA system is integrated into theBSW system. There is not a separate selec-tion in the vehicle information display forthe RCTA system. When the BSW is dis-abled, the RCTA system is also disabled.

LSD2216


RCTA SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

● Always check surroundings and turn tocheck what is behind you before back-ing up. The radar sensors detect ap-proaching (moving) vehicles. The radarsensors cannot detect every object suchas:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles,animals or child operated toyvehicles

– A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately 19 MPH(30 km/h)

– A vehicle that is passing at speedslower than approximately 5 MPH(8 km/h)

● The radar sensors may not detect ap-proaching vehicles in certain situations:

– Illustration a: When a vehicle parkednext to you obstructs the beam of theradar sensor.

– Illustration b: When the vehicle isparked in an angled parking space.

– Illustration c: When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

LSD2173


– Illustration d: When an approachingvehicle turns into your vehicle’s park-ing lot aisle.

– Illustration e: When the angle formedby your vehicle and approaching ve-hicle is small

● The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice build up on the vehicle

– Frost build up on the vehicle

– Dirt build up on the vehicle

● Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories orapply additional paint near the radarsensors. These conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles

● Do not use the RCTA systems whentowing a trailer.

● Excessive noise (e.g. audio system vol-ume, open vehicle window) will inter-fere with the chime sound, and it maynot be heard.

If the radar detects an approaching vehicle fromthe side, the system chimes a sound (singlebeep) and the BSW indicator light on the side thevehicle is approaching from flashes.

NOTE:

● In the case of several vehicles approachingin a row (Illustration 1) or in the oppositedirection (Illustration 2), a chime may not besounded by the RCTA system after the firstvehicle passes the sensors.

Illustration 1LSD2043


RCTA temporarily not available

When radar blockage is detected, the system willbe deactivated automatically. The “Side RadarObstruction” warning message will appear andthe blind spot indicator (white) will blink in thevehicle information display.

The systems are not available until the conditionsno longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporaryambient conditions such as splashing water, mistor fog. The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructingthe radar sensors.

Action to take:When the above conditions no longer exist, thesystem will resume automatically.

RCTA malfunction

If the RCTA system malfunctions, the system willturn off automatically. The system malfunctionwarning message with the blind spot indicator(orange) will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay. If the BSW system fails, the RCTA sys-tem will also fail.

Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine

off and restart the engine. If the message contin-ues to appear, have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

Illustration 2LSD2044


RADAR MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensors �1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radar sensorsclean.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporaryambient conditions such as splashing water, mistor fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused byobjects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing theradar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructing thearea around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparent ma-terial), install accessories or apply additionalpaint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors. Consult a NISSAN dealer if thearea around the radar sensors is damaged due toa collision.

Radio frequency statementThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to op-erate the equipment.

Applicable law: Canada 310This device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-

ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the de-vice.

Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —24.25GHz

Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

LSD2223


PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

1. RES/+ switch

2. SET/- switch

3. ON/OFF switch

4. CANCEL switch

● If the cruise control system malfunctions, itcancels automatically. The CRUISE indica-tor light in the vehicle information displaythen blinks to warn the driver.

● If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control switch off and have the sys-tem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

● The CRUISE indicator light may blink whenthe cruise control switch is turned ON whilepushing the RES/+ switch, SET/- switch, orCANCEL switch. To properly set the cruisecontrol system, use the following proce-dures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

● When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed.

● In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed.

● On winding or hilly roads.

● On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

● In very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 - 89 MPH (40 - 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push theON·OFF switch ON. The CRUISE indicator lightin the vehicle information display will illuminate.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle tothe desired speed, push the SET/– switch andrelease it. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle maintains the set speed.

● To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previouslyset speed.

● The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods.

● Push the CANCEL button.

● Tap the brake pedal.

● Push the ON·OFF switch off. The CRUISEindicator light in the vehicle information dis-play goes out.

LSD2237

CRUISE CONTROL


The cruise control is automatically canceled if:

● you depress the brake pedal while pushingthe RES/+ or SET/– switch. The presetspeed is deleted from memory.

● the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH(13 km/h) below the set speed.

● you move the shift lever to N (Neutral).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one ofthe following three methods.

● Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET/– switch.

● Push and hold the RES/+ switch. When thevehicle attains the speed you desire, releasethe switch.

● Push and release the RES/+ switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed increases byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods.

● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET/– switch and release it.

● Push and hold the SET/– switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slows to thedesired speed.

● Push and release the SET/– switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed decreases byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES/+ switch. The vehicle returns tothe last set cruising speed when the vehiclespeed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

To turn off the cruise control, use one of thefollowing three methods.

● Push the CANCEL button.

● Tap the brake pedal.

● Push the ON·OFF switch off. The CRUISEindicator light in the vehicle information dis-play goes out.

The ICC system maintains a selected distancefrom the vehicle in front of you within the speedrange 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the setspeed. The set speed can be selected by thedriver between 20 to 90 MPH (32 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when the roadahead is clear.

For maintaining a selected distance betweenyour vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up tothe preset speed.

WARNING

● ICC is not a collision avoidance or warn-ing device. For highway use only andnot intended for congested areas or citydriving. Will not brake automatically toa stop. Failure to apply the brakes couldresult in an accident.

● Always observe posted speed limitsand do not set the speed over them.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)SYSTEM (full speed range) (if soequipped)


● Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using ICC system. Read and un-derstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the ICC system. Toavoid serious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emer-gency situations. Do not use ICC systemexcept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

The ICC system automatically maintains a se-lected distance from the vehicle traveling in frontof you according to that vehicle’s speed (up tothe set speed), or at the set speed when the roadahead is clear.

ICC SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS

The system is intended to enhance the operationof the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling inthe same lane and direction.

If the distance sensor �A detects a slower mov-ing vehicle ahead, the system will reduce thevehicle speed so that your vehicle follows thevehicle in front at the selected distance.

The system automatically controls the throttleand applies the brakes (up to 40% of vehiclebraking power) if necessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.

WARNING

● This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

● The system is primarily intended for useon straight, dry, open roads with lighttraffic. It is not advisable to use thesystem in city traffic or congested areas.

● This system will not adapt automaticallyto road conditions. This system shouldbe used in evenly flowing traffic. Do notuse the system on roads with sharpcurves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain orin fog.

The distance sensor will not detect the followingobjects:

● Stationary and slow moving vehicles

● Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

● Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

● Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane

LSD2249


WARNING

● As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem. This system does not correctcareless, inattentive or absent-mindeddriving, or overcome poor visibility inrain, fog, or other bad weather. Deceler-ate the vehicle speed by depressing thebrake pedal, depending on the distanceto the vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to maintain asafe distance between vehicles.

● If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system. Thesystem will cancel once it judges thatthe vehicle has come to a standstill andsound a warning chime. To prevent thevehicle from moving, the driver mustdepress the brake pedal.

● The system may not detect the vehiclein front of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, neveruse the Intelligent Cruise Control sys-tem under the following conditions:

– On roads where the traffic is heavy orthere are sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such as onice or snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thebumper around the distance sensor

– On steep downhill roads (the vehiclemay go beyond the set vehicle speedand frequent braking may result inoverheating the brakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhillroads

– When traffic conditions make it diffi-cult to keep a proper distance be-tween vehicles because of frequentacceleration or deceleration

– Interference by other radar sources.

● Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol system if you are towing a trailer.The system may not detect a vehicleahead.

● In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. You mayneed to control the distance from othervehicles using the accelerator pedal. Al-ways stay alert and avoid using the ICCsystem where not recommended in thiswarning section.


ICC OPERATION

Always pay attention to the operation of the ve-hicle and be ready to manually control the properfollowing distance. The ICC system may not beable to maintain the selected distance betweenvehicles (following distance) or selected vehiclespeed under some circumstances.

The Intelligent Cruise Control uses a sensor �Alocated on the front of the vehicle to detectvehicles traveling ahead. The sensor generallydetects the signals returned from the vehicleahead. Therefore, if the sensor cannot detect thereflection from the vehicle ahead, the ICC systemmay not maintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions in which thesensor cannot detect the signals:

● When snow or road spray from travelingvehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.

● When excessively heavy baggage is loadedin the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s operation within the limitationof the system. When the sensor area is coveredwith dirt or is obstructed, the system will auto-matically be canceled. If the sensor area is cov-ered with ice, a transparent or translucent vinylbag, etc., the ICC system may not detect them. Inthese instances, the ICC system may not canceland may not be able to maintain the selectedfollowing distance from the vehicle ahead. Besure to check and clean the sensor area aroundthe distance sensor regularly.

The ICC system is designed to maintain a se-lected distance and reduce the speed to matchthe slower vehicle ahead. The system will decel-erate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicleahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates toa standstill. However, the ICC system can onlyapply up to 40% of the vehicle’s total brakingpower.

This system should only be used when trafficconditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairlyconstant or when vehicle speeds change gradu-ally. If a vehicle moves into the traveling laneahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly de-celerates, the distance between vehicles maybecome closer because the ICC system cannotdecelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If this oc-curs, the ICC system will sound a warning chimeand blink the system display to notify the driver totake necessary action.

The system will cancel and a warning chime willsound if the speed is below approximately15 MPH (24 km/h) and a vehicle is not detectedahead. The system will also disengage when thevehicle goes above the maximum set speed.

For additional information, refer to “Approachwarning” in this section.

The following items are controlled in the ICCsystem:

● When there are no vehicles traveling ahead,the ICC system maintains the speed set bythe driver. The set speed range is betweenapproximately 20 and 90 MPH (32 and144 km/h).

LSD2249


● When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, theICC system adjusts the speed to maintainthe distance, selected by driver, from thevehicle ahead. The adjusting speed range isup to the set speed. If the vehicle aheadcomes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations of the system.The system will cancel once it judges astandstill with a warning chime.

● When the vehicle traveling ahead has movedout from its lane of travel, the ICC systemaccelerates and maintains vehicle speed upto the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehicle speedor warn you when you approach stationary andslow moving vehicles. You must pay attention tovehicle operation to maintain proper distancefrom vehicles ahead when approaching toll gatesor traffic congestion.

The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited. Avehicle ahead must be in the detection zone forthe vehicle-to-vehicle distance detection modeto maintain the selected distance from the vehicleahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-tion zone due to its position within the same laneof travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in thesame lane ahead if they are traveling offset fromthe centerline of the lane. A vehicle that is enter-ing the lane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into the lane. Ifthis occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime. The driver may have to

manually control the proper distance awayfrom vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0252


When driving on some roads, such as winding,hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which areunder construction, the ICC sensor may detectvehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may causethe ICC system to decelerate or accelerate thevehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be affected byvehicle operation (steering maneuver or travelingposition in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. Ifthis occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. You will

have to manually control the proper dis-tance away from the vehicle travelingahead.

When driving on the freeway at a set speed andapproaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead, theICC will adjust the speed to maintain the dis-tance, selected by the driver, from the vehicleahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exitsthe freeway, the ICC system will accelerate andmaintain the speed up to the set speed. Payattention to the driving operation to maintain con-trol of the vehicle as it accelerates to the setspeed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speed onwinding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will haveto manually control the vehicle speed.

SSD0253 SSD0254


ICC switchThe system is operated by the CRUISE ON/OFFswitch and four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. RES/ACCELERATE (+) switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speed in-crementally.

2. SET/COAST (–) switch:

Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speedincrementally.

3. CRUISE ON/OFF switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

4. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following distance:

● Long

● Middle

● Short

5. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasing theset speed.

ICC system display and indicators

The display is located between the speedometerand tachometer.

1. CRUISE ON/OFF switch indicator:

● ICC system ON indicator (white): Indi-cates that the CRUISE ON/OFF switch isON.

● ICC system SET indicator (green): Indi-cates that the cruising speed is set.

● ICC system warning (orange): Indicatesthat if there is a malfunction in the ICCsystem.

LSD2250 LSD2285


2. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

3. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance between ve-hicles set with the distance switch.

4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in frontof you.

Operating ICCTo turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the CRUISE ON/OFF switch �A on.The ICC system ON indicator (white), set dis-tance indicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on in a standby state for setting.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicleto the desired speed, push the SET/COAST (–)switch and release it. The ICC system set indica-tor (green), vehicle ahead detection indicator, setdistance indicator and set vehicle speed indica-tor �B will come on.) Take your foot off the accel-erator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.

When the SET/COAST (–) switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the system can-not be set and the ICC indicators will blink forapproximately 2 seconds:

● When traveling below 20 MPH (32 km/h)and the vehicle ahead is not detected

LSD2286 LSD2287


● When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) orManual mode

● When the parking brake is applied

● When the brakes are operated by the driver

When the SET/COAST (–) switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the system can-not be set.

A warning chime will sound and a message willpop up.

● When the VDC system is off (To use the ICCsystem, turn on the VDC system. Push theCRUISE ON/OFF switch to turn off the ICCsystem and reset the ICC switch by pushingthe CRUISE ON/OFF switch again.)

For additional information about the VDCsystem, refer to “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” in this section.

● When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) isoperating

● When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are no longerslipping. Push the CRUISE ON/OFF switchto turn off the ICC, and reset the ICC systemby pushing the CRUISE ON/OFF switchagain.)

�1 System set display with vehicle ahead

�2 System set display without vehicle ahead

System operation

WARNING

Normally when controlling the distance toa vehicle ahead, this system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicleaccording to the speed of the vehicleahead. Depress the accelerator to prop-erly accelerate your vehicle when accel-eration is required for a lane change. De-press the brake pedal when decelerationis required to maintain a safe distance tothe vehicle ahead due to its sudden brak-ing or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alertwhen using the ICC system.

The driver sets the desired vehicle speed basedon the road conditions.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, theICC system decelerates the vehicle by control-ling the throttle and applying the brakes to matchthe speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The systemthen controls the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driverselected distance.

LSD2288


The stoplights of the vehicle come on whenbraking is performed by the ICC system.

When the brake operates, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicleahead detection indicator comes on. The ICCsystem will also display the set speed and se-lected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, theICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle toresume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICCsystem then maintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicleahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration tothe set vehicle speed or any time the ICC systemis in operation, the system controls the distanceto that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), the system willbe canceled.

When passing another vehicle, the set speedindicator �B will flash when the vehicle speedexceeds the set speed. The vehicle detect indi-cator will turn off when the area ahead of thevehicle is open. When the pedal is released, thevehicle will return to the previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICCsystem, you can depress the accelerator pedalwhen it is necessary to accelerate your vehiclerapidly.

How to change the set vehicle speedTo cancel the preset speed, use any of thesemethods:

● Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

● Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speedindicator will go out.

● Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. TheICC indicators will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one ofthe following methods:

● Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET/COAST (–) switch.

● Push and hold the RES/ACCELERATE (+)switch. The set vehicle speed will increaseby approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h forCanada).

● Push, then quickly release theRES/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each timeyou do this, the set speed will increase byapproximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).

LSD2289


To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET/COAST (–) switch and release it.

● Push and hold the SET/COAST (–) switch.The set vehicle speed will decrease by ap-proximately 5 MPH (5 km/h for Canada).

● Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST(–) switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by approximately1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Thevehicle will resume the last set cruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over 20 MPH(32 km/h).

How to change the set distance to thevehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can be se-lected at any time depending on the traffic con-ditions.

Each time the distance switch �A is pushed, theset distance will change to long, average, shortand back to long again, in that sequence.

Distance Approximate distance at60 MPH (100 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60)

2. Average 150 (45)

3. Short 90 (30)

● The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed. Thehigher the vehicle speed, the longer the dis-tance.

● If the engine is stopped, the set distancebecomes “long”. (Each time the engine isstarted, the initial setting becomes “long”.)

LSD2242 LSD2429


Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle aheaddue to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or ifanother vehicle cuts in, the system warns thedriver with the chime and ICC system display.Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal tomaintain a safe vehicle distance if:

● The chime sounds.

● The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks.

The warning chime may not sound in some caseswhen there is a short distance between vehicles.Some examples are:

● When the vehicles are traveling at the samespeed and the distance between vehicles isnot changing

● When the vehicle ahead is traveling fasterand the distance between vehicles is in-creasing

● When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound when:

● The vehicle approaches other vehicles thatare parked or moving slowly.

● The accelerator pedal is depressed, overrid-ing the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink when theICC sensor detects objects on the side ofthe vehicle or on the side of the road. Thismay cause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. The ICC sensor maydetect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding roads, narrow roads, hillyroads, or when entering or exiting a curve.In these cases you will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance ahead of yourvehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected byvehicle operation (steering maneuver or drivingposition in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition(for example, if a vehicle is being driven with somedamage).

Automatic cancellation

A chime sounds under the following conditionsand the control is automatically canceled.

● When the vehicle ahead is not detected andyour vehicle is traveling below the speed of15 MPH (24 km/h)

● When the system judges the vehicle is atstandstill

● When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) orManual mode

● When the parking brake is applied

● When the VDC system is turned off

● When ABS or VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) operates

● When a wheel slips


Warning light and displayCondition A:

Under the following conditions, the ICC system isautomatically canceled. The chime will sound andthe system will not be able to be set.

● When the VDC system is turned off

● When the VDC or ABS (including the TCS)operates

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are no longerpresent, turn the system off using the ICCCRUISE ON/OFF switch. Turn the ICC systemback on to use the system.

Condition B:

When the sensor area of the front bumper is dirtymaking it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead,the ICC system is automatically canceled.

The system warning light (orange) will illuminateand the “front radar obstruction” warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle information dis-play.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on, park thevehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off.Check to see if the sensor window is blocked. Ifthe sensor window is blocked, remove the block-ing material. Restart the engine. If the warninglight continues to illuminate, have the ICC systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

Condition C:

When the ICC system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the system warning light(orange) will come on.

LSD2256 LSD2257


Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in asafe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine,resume driving and set the ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although the ve-hicle is still driveable under normal condi-tions, have the vehicle checked at anNISSAN dealer.

Sensor maintenance

The sensor for the ICC system �A is located onthe front of the vehicle.

To keep the ICC system operating properly, besure to observe the following:

● Always keep the sensor area clean.

● Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor. Do not touch or remove thescrew located on the sensor. Doing so couldfailure or malfunction . If the sensor is dam-aged due to an accident, contact anNISSAN dealer.

● Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-ent material) or install an accessory near thesensor. This could cause failure or malfunc-tion.

● Do not attach metallic objects near the sen-sor area (brush guard, etc.) This could causefailure or malfunction.

● Do not alter, remove, or paint the front bum-per. Before customizing or restoring thefront bumper, please contact an NISSANdealer.

Radar certificateFCC Notice:

For USA:

User Manual statement according to §15.19:

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules.




LSD2258 LSD2249



Changes or modifications made to this equip-ment not expressly approved by Robert BOSCHGmbH may void the FCC authorization to oper-ate this equipment.


This equipment has been tested and found tocomply with the limits for a Class A digital device,pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Theselimits are designed to provide reasonable protec-tion against harmful interference when the equip-ment is operated in a commercial environment.This equipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and, if not installed andused in accordance with the instruction manual,may cause harmful interference to radio commu-nications. Operation of this equipment in a resi-dential area is likely to cause harmful interferencein which case the user will be required to correctthe interference at his own expense.

RF Exposure Information according 2.1091 /2.1093 / OET bulletin 65:

Radio frequency radiation exposure Information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex-posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi-ronment.

This equipment should be installed and operatedwith minimum distance of 20 cm between theradiator and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-located or oper-ating in conjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation issubject to the following two conditions:

1. This device must not cause interfer-ence, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice.

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils ra-dio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autori-sée aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire debrouillage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnement.


The Predictive Forward Collision Warning sys-tem can help alert the driver when there is asudden braking of a second vehicle traveling infront of the vehicle ahead in the traveling samelane.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe Predictive Forward Collision Warning sys-tem uses a radar sensor �A located on the frontof the vehicle to measure the distance to a sec-ond vehicle ahead in the traveling lane.

The Predictive Forward Collision Warning sys-tem operates at speeds above approximately3 MPH (5 km/h).

If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, thePredictive Forward Collision Warning system willwarn the driver by blinking the vehicle aheaddetection indicator, and sounding a warningtone.

LSD2263 LSD2249

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISIONWARNING SYSTEM (if so equipped)


Precautions on the Predictive ForwardCollision Warning system

WARNING

● The Predictive Forward Collision Warn-ing system helps warn the driver beforea collision but will not avoid a collision.It is the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely and be in control ofthe vehicle at all times.

● The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

LSD2264


WARNING

● The Predictive Forward Collision Warn-ing system does not function when avehicle ahead is a narrow vehicle, suchas a motorcycle. The radar sensor maynot detect a second vehicle ahead in thefollowing conditions:

– Snow or heavy rain.

– Dirt, ice, snow or other material cov-ering the radar sensor.


– Snow or road spray from travellingvehicles.

– Driving in a tunnel.

LSD2265


LSD2266


WARNING

● The radar sensor may not detect a sec-ond vehicle when the vehicle ahead isbeing towed.

● When the distance to the vehicle aheadis too close, the beam of the radar sen-sor is obstructed.

● The radar sensor may not detect a sec-ond vehicle when driving on a steepdownhill slope or on roads with sharpcurves.

● Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning tone sound, and it may not beheard. System temporarily unavailable

Condition A:

When the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it impossibleto detect a vehicle ahead, the Predictive ForwardCollision Warning system is automatically turnedoff.

The Forward Emergency Braking system warninglight (orange) and the driver assist system for-ward indicator (orange) will illuminate.

LSD2267

Forward Emergency Braking system warn-ing light (orange)

LSD2262


Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist, thePredictive Forward Collision Warning system willresume automatically.

Condition B:

When the sensor area of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, making it im-possible to detect a vehicle ahead, the PredictiveForward Collision Warning system is automati-cally turned off.

The Forward Emergency Braking system warninglight (orange) will illuminate and the “FRONTRADAR OBSTRUCTION” warning message willappear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in theP (Park) position and turn the engine off. Cleanthe radar cover on lower grille with a soft cloth,and restart the engine. If the warning light contin-ues to illuminate, have the Predictive ForwardCollision Warning system checked by anNISSAN dealer.

System malfunction

System malfunction

If the Predictive Forward Collision Warning sys-tem malfunctions, it will be turned off automati-cally, a chime will sound, the Forward EmergencyBraking system warning light (orange) will illumi-nate.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) illuminates, stop thevehicle in a safe location and place the shift leverin the P (Park) position. Turn the engine off andrestart the engine. If the warning light continuesto illuminate, have the predictive forward collisionwarning system checked by an NISSAN dealer.For additional information, refer to “Sensor Main-tenance” in the “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)System (full speed range) (if so equipped)” sec-tion of this manual.

Radar certificate

FCC Notice:

For USA:







Changes or modifications made to this equip-ment not expressly approved by Robert BOSCHGmbH may void the FCC authorization to oper-ate this equipment.


This equipment has been tested and found tocomply with the limits for a Class A digital device,pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Theselimits are designed to provide reasonable protec-tion against harmful interference when the equip-ment is operated in a commercial environment.This equipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and, if not installed andused in accordance with the instruction manual,may cause harmful interference to radio commu-nications. Operation of this equipment in a resi-dential area is likely to cause harmful interferencein which case the user will be required to correctthe interference at his own expense.


RF Exposure Information according 2.1091 /2.1093 / OET bulletin 65:

Radio frequency radiation exposure Information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex-posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi-ronment.

This equipment should be installed and operatedwith minimum distance of 20 cm between theradiator and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-located or oper-ating in conjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

For Canada:



2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.




The Forward Emergency Braking system can as-sist the driver when there is a risk of a forwardcollision with the vehicle ahead in the travellinglane. The Forward Emergency Braking systemuses a radar sensor �A located at the front of thevehicle to measure the distance to the vehicleahead in the travelling lane. The Forward Emer-gency Braking system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).

LSD2249

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKINGSYSTEM (if so equipped)


WARNING

● The Forward Emergency Braking sys-tem is a supplemental aid to the driver.It is not a replacement for the driver’sattention to traffic conditions or re-sponsibility to drive safely. It cannotprevent accidents due to carelessnessor dangerous driving techniques.

● The Forward Emergency Braking sys-tem does not function in all driving,traffic, weather and road conditions.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The Forward Emergency Braking system willfunction when your vehicle is driven at speedsabove approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected, theForward Emergency Braking system will providethe first warning to the driver by an audible warn-ing.

If the driver applies the brakes quickly and force-fully after the warning, and the Forward Emer-gency Braking system detects that there is stillthe possibility of a forward collision, the systemwill automatically increase the braking force. If thedriver does not take action, the Forward Emer-

gency Braking system issues the second visualwarning (red) and audible warning and also ap-plies partial braking. If the risk of a collision be-comes imminent, the Forward Emergency Brak-ing system applies harder braking automatically.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s brake lights come on whenbraking is performed by the Forward Emer-gency Braking system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance to thevehicle ahead, as well as driving and roadwayconditions, the system may help the driver avoid aforward collision or may help mitigate the conse-quences if a collision should one be unavoidable.

LSD2284


If the driver is handling the steering wheel, accel-erating or braking, the Forward Emergency Brak-ing system will function later or will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under the fol-lowing conditions:

● When the steering wheel is turned as far asnecessary to avoid a collision.

● When the accelerator pedal is depressed.

● When there is no longer a vehicle detectedahead. If the Forward Emergency Brakingsystem has stopped the vehicle, the vehiclewill remain at a standstill for approximately2 seconds before the brakes are released.

WARNING

● The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

● The radar sensor has some perfor-mance limitations. If a stationary ve-hicle is in the vehicle’s path, the For-ward Emergency Braking system willnot function when the vehicle is drivenat speeds over approximately 50 MPH(80 km/h).

● The radar sensor may not detect a ve-hicle ahead in the following conditions:

– Dirt, ice, snow or other material cov-ering the radar sensor.


– Snow or road spray from travellingvehicles.

– If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g.motorcycle).

– When driving on a steep downhillslope or roads with sharp curves.

– When towing a trailer.

● In some road or traffic conditions, theForward Emergency Braking systemmay unexpectedly apply partial braking.When acceleration is necessary, con-tinue to depress the accelerator pedalto override the system.

● Braking distances increase on slipperysurfaces.

● Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.

● The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s functionality, withincertain limitations. The system may notdetect some forms of obstruction of thesensor area such as ice, snow, stickers,for example. In these cases, the systemmay not be able to warn the driver prop-erly. Be sure that you check, clean andclear the sensor area regularly.

Turning the Forward EmergencyBraking system ON/OFF

Perform the following steps to turn the ForwardEmergency Braking system ON or OFF.

1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-plays in the vehicle information display andthen press OK button. Use the buttonto select “Driver Assistance”. Then press theOK button.

2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press theOK button.

3. Select “System” and press the OK button.


The Forward Emergency Braking system will beautomatically turned on when the engine is re-started.

NOTE:

When the Forward Emergency Braking sys-tem setting is turned on or off, the Predic-tive Forward Collision Warning system isalso turned on or off simultaneously.

System temporarily unavailable

Condition A:

When the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it impossibleto detect a vehicle ahead, the Forward Emer-gency Braking system is automatically turned off.

The Forward Emergency Braking system warninglight (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist, theForward Emergency Braking system will resumeautomatically.

Condition B:

When the sensor window is dirty, making it im-possible to detect a vehicle ahead, the ForwardEmergency Braking system is automaticallyturned off. The system warning light (orange) willilluminate and the “front radar obstruction” warn-ing message will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on, park thevehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off.Check to see if the sensor window is blocked. Ifthe sensor window is blocked, remove the block-ing material. Restart the engine. If the warninglight continues to illuminate, have the ICC systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

System malfunctionIf the Forward Emergency Braking system mal-functions, it will be turned off automatically, achime will sound, the Forward Emergency Brak-ing system warning light (orange) will illuminateand the warning message [Malfunction] will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.

LSD2262


Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on, park thevehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off andrestart the engine. If the warning light continuesto illuminate, have the Forward Emergency Brak-ing system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Radar certificateFCC Notice:

For USA:






For Canada:



2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice.




WARNING

● The Driver Attention Alert system is onlya warning to inform the driver of a po-tential lack of driver attention ordrowsiness. It will not steer the vehicleor prevent loss of control.

● The Driver Attention Alert system doesnot detect and provide an alert of thedriver’s lack of attention or fatigue inevery situation.

● It is the driver’s responsibility to:

● stay alert,

● drive safely,

● keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,

● be in control of the vehicle at alltimes,

● avoid driving when tired,

● avoid distractions (texting, etc).

Failure to do so could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle, resulting in a seri-ous accident, personal injury or death.

Driver Attention Alert system helps alert the driverif the system detects a lack of attention or drivingfatigue.

DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT (if soequipped)


The system monitors driving style and steeringbehavior over a period of time, and it detectschanges from the normal pattern. If the systemdetects that driver attention is decreasing over aperiod of time, the system uses an audible andvisual warning to suggest that the driver take abreak.

DRIVER ATTENTION ALERTOPERATIONIf the system detects that driver fatigue or thatdriver attention is decreasing, the message “Takea break?” appears in the vehicle information dis-play and a chime sounds when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 37 MPH (60 km/h).

The system continuously monitors driver atten-tion and can provide multiple warnings per trip.

The system resets and starts reassessing drivingstyle and steering behavior when the ignitionswitch is cycled from on to off and back on.

LSD2335


TURNING THE DRIVER ATTENTIONALERT SYSTEM ON AND OFFPerform the following steps to enable or disablethe Driver Attention Alert system.

1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-plays in the vehicle information display andpress the OK button. Use the buttonto select “Driver Assistance”. Then press theOK button.

2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and press theOK button.

NOTE:

The setting will be retained even if theengine is restarted.

DRIVER ATTENTION ALERTLIMITATIONS

WARNING

● The Driver Attention Alert system maynot operate properly and may not pro-vide an alert in the following conditions:

● Poor road conditions such as an un-even road surface or pot holes.

● Strong side wind.LSD2330


● If you have adopted a sporty drivingstyle with higher cornering speeds orhigher rates of acceleration.

● Frequent lane changes or changes tovehicle speed.

● The Driver Attention Alert system maynot provide an alert in the followingconditions:

● Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph(60 km/h).

● Short lapses of attention.

● Instantaneous distractions such asdropping an object.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the Driver Attention Alert system malfunctions,the system warning message will appear in thevehicle information display and the function willbe stopped automatically.

Action to take

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, and then turnoff and restart the engine. If the system warningmessage continues to appear, have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and ensurethe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle. Failure to follow these rec-ommendations may result in shortenedengine life and reduced engineperformance.

● Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow, and do not run theengine over 4,000 RPM.

● Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

● Avoid quick starts.

● Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

● Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi(805 km). Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

LIC3125

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE


Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient DrivingTips to help you achieve the most fuel economyfrom your vehicle.

1. Use Smooth Accelerator and BrakePedal Application

● Avoid rapid starts and stops.

● Use smooth, gentle accelerator andbrake application whenever possible.

● Maintain constant speed while commut-ing and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain Constant Speed

● Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini-mize stops.

● Synchronizing your speed with trafficlights allows you to reduce your numberof stops.

● Maintaining a steady speed can minimizered light stops and improve fuel effi-ciency.

3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at HigherVehicle Speeds

● Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

● Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool the vehicledue to increased aerodynamic drag.

● Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces cooling load.

4. Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis-tances

● Observing the speed limit and not ex-ceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (where le-gally allowed) can improve fuel efficiencydue to reduced aerodynamic drag.

● Maintaining a safe following distance be-hind other vehicles reduces unnecessarybraking.

● Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reduced brak-ing and smooth acceleration changes.

● Select a gear range suitable to road con-ditions.

5. Use Cruise Control

● Using cruise control during highway driv-ing helps maintain a steady speed.

● Cruise control is particularly effective inproviding fuel savings when driving on flatterrains.

6. Plan for the Shortest Route

● Utilize a map or navigation system to de-termine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid Idling

● Shutting off your engine when safe forstops exceeding 30–60 seconds savesfuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads

● Automated passes permit drivers to usespecial lanes to maintain cruising speedthrough the toll and avoid stopping andstarting.

9. Winter Warm Up

● Limit idling time to minimize impact to fueleconomy.

● Vehicles typically need no more than30 seconds of idling at start-up to effec-tively circulate the engine oil before driv-ing.

● Your vehicle will reach its ideal operatingtemperature more quickly while drivingversus idling.

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool

● Park your vehicle in a covered parkingarea or in the shade whenever possible.

● When entering a hot vehicle, opening thewindows will help to reduce the insidetemperature faster, resulting in reduceddemand on your A/C system.

● Keep your engine tuned up.

● Follow the recommended scheduled main-tenance.

● Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

● Keep all the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

● Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.For additional information, refer to “Engineoil and oil filter recommendations” in the“Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.

If any malfunction occurs in the All-Wheel Drive(AWD) system while the engine is running, mes-sages are displayed in the meter.

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if soequipped)


If the AWD error warning message is displayed,there may be a malfunction in the All-Wheel Drive(AWD) system. Reduce vehicle speed and haveyour vehicle checked by an NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

The AWD high temperature message may bedisplayed while trying to free a stuck vehicle dueto increased oil temperature. The driving modemay change to 2-wheel drive. If this message isdisplayed, stop the vehicle with the engine idling,as soon as it is safe to do so. Then if the messageturns off, you can continue driving.

The tire size message may be displayed if there isa large difference between the diameters of frontand rear wheels. Pull off the road in a safe area,with the engine idling. Check that all tire sizes arethe same, that the tire pressure is correct and thatthe tires are not excessively worn.

If any warning messages continue to be dis-played, have your vehicle checked by an NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

LSD2275 LSD2276 LSD2277


WARNING

● Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires. Acceleratingquickly, sharp steering maneuvers orsudden braking may cause loss of con-trol, even with All-Wheel Drive (AWD)engaged.

● For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which could result inserious personal injury or vehicledamage.

● Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-mometer (such as the dynamometersused by some states for emissions test-ing) or similar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised off theground. Make sure that you inform thetest facility personnel that your vehicleis equipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Using thewrong test equipment may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which could result inserious personal injury or vehicledamage.

CAUTION

● Do not operate the engine on a freeroller when any of the wheels areraised.

● If you use the free roller, rotate fourwheels with the same speed withoutraising any wheels.

● If an AWD warning message is dis-played while driving there may be amalfunction in the AWD system. Reducethe vehicle speed immediately and haveyour vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

● The powertrain may be damaged if youcontinue driving when the AWD tem-perature or tire size incorrect messagesare displayed

● If the AWD high temperature messageis displayed while you are driving, pulloff the road in a safe area, and idle theengine. The driving mode will change to2WD to prevent the AWD system frommalfunctioning. If the warning messageturns off, you can drive again.

● If the tire size incorrect message is dis-played while you are driving, pull off theroad in a safe area with the engineidling. Check that all tire sizes are thesame, that the tire pressure is correctand that the tires are not excessivelyworn.

● If a warning message continues to bedisplayed after the above operations,have your vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.


WARNING

● Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

● Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park). Fail-ure to do so could cause the vehicle tomove unexpectedly or roll away and re-sult in an accident. Make sure the shiftlever has been pushed as far forward asit can go and cannot be moved withoutdepressing the foot brake pedal.

● Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intotraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

● HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: �A

Turn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.

● HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: �B

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

● HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: �C

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from the cen-ter of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion.

WSD0050

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


WARNING

● If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.

● When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running,there will be no power assist for thesteering. You will still have control ofthe vehicle, but the steering will bemuch harder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked by a NISSANdealer.

The power steering system is designed to pro-vide power assistance while driving to operatethe steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedlyor continuously while parking or driving at a verylow speed, the power assist for the steeringwheel will be reduced. This is to prevent over-heating of the power steering system and protectit from getting damaged. While the power assistis reduced, steering wheel operation will becomeheavy. If the steering wheel operation is still per-formed, the power steering may stop and thepower steering warning light will illuminate. In asafe location, stop the engine and push the igni-tion switch to the OFF position. The temperature

of the power steering system will go down after aperiod of time and the power assist level willreturn to normal after starting the engine. Thepower steering warning light will go off. Avoidrepeating such steering wheel operations thatcould cause the power steering system to over-heat.

You may hear a noise from the front of the vehiclewhen the steering wheel is operated. This is anormal operational noise and is not a malfunction.

If the power steering warning light illuminateswhile the engine is running, it may indicate thepower steering system is not functioning properlyand may need servicing. Have the power steeringsystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

When the power steering warning light illumi-nates with the engine running, the power assistfor the steering will cease operation but you willstill have control of the vehicle. At this time,greater steering efforts are required to operatethe steering wheel, especially in sharp turns andat low speeds.

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and stopping dis-tance will be longer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out thebrake pads faster, and reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM


WARNING

● While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-erating could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

● If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe brakes will not work. Braking will beharder.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes returnto normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at highspeeds until the brakes function correctly.

Parking brake break-in

Break-in the parking brake shoes whenever theeffect of the parking brake is weakened or when-ever the parking brake shoes and/or drum/rotorsare replaced, in order to assure the best brakeperformance.

This procedure is described in the vehicle servicemanual and can be performed by a NISSANdealer.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

● The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is asophisticated device, but it cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from carelessor dangerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control duringbraking on slippery surfaces. Remem-ber that stopping distances on slipperysurfaces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or if youare using tire chains. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in front ofyou. Ultimately, the driver is respon-sible for safety.

● Tire type and condition may also affectbraking effectiveness.

– When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

– When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size and typeas specified on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. For additional in-formation, refer to “Tire and loadinginformation label” in the “Technicaland consumer information” sectionof this manual.

– For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls thebrakes so the wheels do not lock during hardbraking or when braking on slippery surfaces.The system detects the rotation speed at eachwheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-vent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing each wheel from locking, the systemhelps the driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip-pery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. De-press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure,but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will oper-ate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steerthe vehicle to avoid obstacles.


WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.

Self-test feature

The ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, you may heara “clunk”noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and does not indicate amalfunction. If the computer senses a malfunc-tion, it switches the ABS off and illuminates theABS warning light on the instrument panel. Thebrake system then operates normally but withoutanti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during theself-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer.

Normal operation

The ABS operates at speeds above 3 - 6 MPH (5- 10 km/h). The speed varies according to roadconditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator rapidly ap-plies and releases hydraulic pressure. This actionis similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. Youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise from under the hood or feel a vibration fromthe actuator when it is operating. This is normaland indicates that the ABS is operating properly.However, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care is re-quired while driving.

BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedal ex-ceeds a certain level, the brake assist is activatedgenerating greater braking force than a conven-tional brake booster even with light pedal force.

WARNING

The brake assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. it is the driv-ers responsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at all times.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system usesvarious sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve-hicle motion. Under certain driving conditions,the VDC System helps to perform the followingfunctions:

● Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so power istransferred to a non slipping drive wheel onthe same axle.

● Controls brake pressure and engine outputto reduce drive wheel slip based on vehiclespeed (traction control function).

● Controls brake pressure at individual wheelsand engine output to help the driver maintaincontrol of the vehicle in the following condi-tions:

– understeer (vehicle tends to not followthe steered path despite increased steer-ing input)

– oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions)

The VDC system can help the driver to maintaincontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss ofvehicle control in all driving situations.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


When the VDC system operates, the indi-cator in the instrument panel flashes so note thefollowing:

● The road may be slippery or the system maydetermine some action is required to helpkeep the vehicle on the steered path.

● You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theVDC system is working properly.

● Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

For additional information, refer to “Slip indicatorlight” and ”Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFindicator light” in the ”Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theand indicator lights come on in the instru-ment panel. The VDC system automatically turnsoff when these indicator lights are on.The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDCsystem. The indicator illuminates to indi-cate the VDC system is off.When the VDC switch is used to turn off thesystem, the VDC system still operates to preventone drive wheel from slipping by transferringpower to a non slipping drive wheel. The

indicator flashes if this occurs. All other VDCfunctions are off and the indicator will notflash.The VDC system is automatically reset to onwhen the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or in reverseat a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, youmay hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of a malfunction.

WARNING

● The VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain stability but does notprevent accidents due to abrupt steer-ing operation at high speeds or by care-less or dangerous driving techniques.Reduce vehicle speed and be especiallycareful when driving and cornering onslippery surfaces and always drivecarefully.

● Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shock ab-sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars,bushings and wheels are not NISSANrecommended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly. This couldadversely affect vehicle handling per-formance, and the indicator may

flash or both the and indica-tor lights may illuminate.

● If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, the VDC system may notoperate properly and both theand the indicator lights mayilluminate.

● If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are extremely

deteriorated, both the andindicator lights may illuminate.


● When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners,the VDC system may not operate prop-erly and the indicator may flash or

both the and indicatorlights may illuminate. Do not drive onthese types of roads.

● When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator may flash or

both the and indicatorlights may illuminate. This is not a mal-function. Restart the engine after driv-ing onto a stable surface.

● If wheels or tires other than the NISSANrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properly andthe indicator may flash or both

the and indicator lights mayilluminate.

● The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.

WARNING

● Never rely solely on the Hill Start Assistsystem to prevent the vehicle from mov-ing backward on a hill. Always drivecarefully and attentively. Depress thebrake pedal when the vehicle is stoppedon a steep hill. Be especially carefulwhen stopped on a hill on frozen ormuddy roads. Failure to prevent the ve-hicle from rolling backwards may resultin a loss of control of the vehicle andpossible serious injury or death.

● The Hill Start Assist system is not de-signed to hold the vehicle at a standstillon a hill. Depress the brake pedal whenthe vehicle is stopped on a steep hill.Failure to do so may cause the vehicleto roll backwards and may result in acollision or serious personal injury.

● The Hill Start Assist may not prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards on a hillunder all load or road conditions. Al-ways be prepared to depress the brakepedal to prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards. Failure to do so may resultin a collision or serious personal injury.

When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, the HillStart Assist system automatically keeps thebrakes applied. This helps prevent the vehiclefrom rolling backward in the time it takes thedriver to release the brake pedal and apply theaccelerator.Hill Start Assist will operate automatically underthe following conditions:

● The shift lever is shifted to a forward orreverse gear.

● The vehicle is stopped completely on a hillby applying the brake.

● The hill grade is above 10%.

The maximum holding time is two seconds. Aftertwo seconds the vehicle will begin to roll backand Hill Start Assist will stop operating com-pletely.

Hill Start Assist will not operate when the shiftlever is shifted into N (Neutral) or P (Park) or on aflat and level road.

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM


FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply de-icer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into the keyhole, or use the NISSAN Intelligent Key®.

ANTIFREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem-perature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check theantifreeze to assure proper winter protection. Foradditional information, refer to “Engine coolingsystem” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during extremelycold weather conditions, the battery fluid mayfreeze and damage the battery. To maintain maxi-mum efficiency, the battery should be checkedregularly. For additional information, refer to “Bat-tery” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion of this manual.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.For additional information, refer to “Changing

engine coolant” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to

provide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate your ve-hicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recom-mends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALLSEASON TIRES on all four wheels. Pleaseconsult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type,size, speed rating and availability informa-tion.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit theiruse. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

3. Tire chains may be used. For additional in-formation, refer to “Tire chains” in the “Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

● A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

● A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

● A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

● Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

● Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” underthese conditions. Try to avoid driving onwet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

● Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshifting toofast, the drive wheels will lose evenmore traction.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


● Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

● Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

● Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patch ofice is seen ahead, brake before reach-ing it. Try not to brake while on the ice,and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.

● Do not use the cruise control on slip-pery roads.

● Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

Engine block heaters are used to assist with coldtemperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 20°F (-7°C) or lower.

WARNING

● Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical system ora 2-pronged adapter. You can be seri-ously injured by an electrical shock ifyou use an ungrounded connection.

● Disconnect and properly store the en-gine block heater cord before startingthe engine. Damage to the cord couldresult in an electrical shock and cancause serious injury.

● Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged ex-tension cord rated for at least 10 A. Plugthe extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-VAC outlet. Failure to use theproper extension cord or a groundedoutlet can result in a fire or electricalshock and cause serious personalinjury.

To use the engine block heater:

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine blockheater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be plugged infor at least two to four hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warm theengine coolant. Use an appropriate timer toturn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug and prop-erly store the cord to keep it away frommoving parts.


6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . 6-3Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING

● If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.

● Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unlessunusual circumstances force you todrive so slowly that your vehicle mightbecome a hazard to other traffic.

● Turn signals do not work when the haz-ard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignition switchplaced in any position.

Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

To shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving, perform the following procedure:

– Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or

– Push and hold the push-button ignition switchfor more than 2 seconds.

LIC0394

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF

6-2 In case of emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with TPMS. It monitorstire pressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit, and theTire Pressure Low - Add Air warning appears inthe vehicle information display, one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated. Ifequipped, the system also displays pressure ofall tires (except the spare tire) on the displayscreen by sending a signal from a sensor that isinstalled in each wheel. If the vehicle is beingdriven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will acti-vate and warn you of it by the low tire pressurewarning light. This system will activate only whenthe vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph(25 km/h). For additional information, refer to“Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders”in the “Instruments and controls” section and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

WARNING


● If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. If the light still comes on whiledriving after adjusting the tire pressure,a tire may be flat or the TPMS may bemalfunctioning. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and all tires areproperly inflated, have the vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer.



● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

● If the light still comes on while drivingafter adjusting the tire pressure, a tiremay be flat or the TPMS may be mal-functioning. If you have a flat tire, re-place it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and all tires areproperly inflated, have the vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer.

FLAT TIRE

In case of emergency 6-3

CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructions be-low:

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Move the shift lever to P (Park).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

● Make sure the parking brake is securelyapplied and the shift lever is shifted intoP (Park).

● Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

● Never change tires if oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Wait for profes-sional road assistance.

A. Blocks

B. Flat tire

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front and backof the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire toprevent the vehicle from moving when it is jackedup.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

LCE2142


Getting the spare tire and tools1. Open the rear liftgate.

2. Pull up on the handle to lift the carpetedfloorboard and attach the hook as shown.

3. The jack and tools are located in the storagecompartment beneath the carpeted lid onthe passenger side of the cargo area.

4. Remove the storage door by pulling thestrap on the storage compartment lid.

LCE2222

LCE2186 LCE2200


5. Remove the jack and tools from the storagearea.

6. To remove the spare tire, loosen the bolt byturning counterclockwise.

7. Once free, remove the bolt.

8. Remove the spare tire.

9. Once the flat tire is exchanged with thespare tire, store the flat tire where the sparetire was located.

10. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten and placethe carpeted floorboard back over the tire.

Changing the spare tire with BOSE®sub-woofer (if so equipped)

1. To loosen the bolt, turn counterclockwise.

2. Once free, remove the bolt.

WCE0188 LCE2109


3. Place the sub-woofer in the lower left cornerof the cargo area, leaning against the driverside wall.

4. Remove the spare tire.

5. Once the flat tire is exchanged with thespare tire, store the flat tire where the sparewas located.

6. Place the sub-woofer inside the flat tire.

7. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten and placethe carpeted lid back over the tire.

LCE2216

LCE2106


Jacking up vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

WARNING

● Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.

● Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use thejack provided with your vehicle on othervehicles. The jack is designed for liftingonly your vehicle during a tire change.

● Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle for jacksupport.

● Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

● Never use blocks on or under the jack.

● Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack. It may cause thevehicle to move. This is especially truefor vehicles with limited slipdifferentials.

● Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

● Never run the engine with a wheel(s) offthe ground. It may cause the vehicle tomove.


Always refer to the proper illustrations for thecorrect placement and jack-up points for yourspecific vehicle model and jack type.

Carefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

1. Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the 2 notches in

the front or the rear as shown. Also fit thegroove of the jack head between thenotches as shown.

The jack should be used on firm andlevel ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack leverand rod with both hands. Carefully raise thevehicle until the tire clears the ground. Re-move the wheel nuts, and then remove thetire.

Installing the spare tire

The spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be-tween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly as illustrated untilthey are tight (�A , �B , �C , �D , �E ).

SCE0002 WCE0056


4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence illustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D ,�E ). Lower the vehicle completely.

5. Securely store the jack and tools back intheir storage compartment. Ensure the jackis expanded and tools snapped into place toprevent rattle noise from happening whiledriving.

WARNING

● Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

● Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause the nutsto become loose.

● Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecification at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecifications at each lubrication interval.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for 3 hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tireand loading information label affixed to thedriver side center pillar.

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must be fol-lowed.

WARNING

● If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

● Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres-ent in the vicinity of the battery. Keep allsparks and flames away from thebattery.

● Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is a cor-rosive sulfuric acid solution which cancause severe burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted area withwater.

● Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

● The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

JUMP STARTING


● Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

● Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and cause se-rious injury.

● Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below. Fail-ure to do so could result in damage to thecharging system and cause personalinjury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring their bat-teries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift leverto P (Park). Switch off all unnecessary elec-trical systems (lights, heater, air conditioner,etc.).

3. Ensure the vent caps are level and tight.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the sequenceillustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D ).

CAUTION

● Always connect positive (�) to positive(�) and negative (�) to body ground (forexample, strut mounting bolt, enginelift bracket, etc.) — not to the battery.

● Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that the cable clamps donot contact any other metal.

LCE2187


5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle andlet it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the booster ve-hicle at about 2,000 rpm and start the en-gine of the vehicle being jump started.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, place the ignitionswitch in the OFF position and wait 3 to4 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting the engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable.

CAUTION

● CVT models cannot be push-started ortow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

● Do not push start this vehicle. The 3-waycatalyst may be damaged.

WARNING

● Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

● To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap while the engine is stillhot. When the radiator or coolant reser-voir cap is removed, pressurized hotwater will spurt out, possibly causingserious injury.

● Do not open the hood if steam is com-ing out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading andthe illumination of the engine oil pressure/enginecoolant temperature high indicator light), or if youfeel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc. take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the shift lever toP (Park).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air conditionertemperature control to maximum hot and fancontrol to high speed.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. If steam or coolantis escaping, turn off the engine. Do not openthe hood further until no steam or coolantcan be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the en-gine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the water pump belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop the en-gine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine cooling fancan start at any time.

6. After the engine cools down, check the cool-ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tankwith the engine running. Add coolant to theengine coolant reservoir tank if necessary.Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSANdealer.

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdictional andlocal regulations for towing must be followed.Incorrect towing equipment could damage yourvehicle. Towing instructions are available from aNISSAN dealer. Local service operators are gen-erally familiar with the applicable laws and proce-dures for towing. To assure proper towing and toprevent accidental damage to your vehicle,NISSAN recommends having a service operatortow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the ser-vice operator carefully read the following precau-tions:

WARNING

● Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

● Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

● When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system andpowertrain are in working condition. Ifany of these conditions apply, dollies ora flatbed tow truck must be used.

● Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


For additional information about towing your frontwheel drive vehicle behind a recreational vehicle(RV), refer to “Flat towing for front wheel drivevehicle” in the “Technical and Consumer Informa-tion” section of this manual.

For additional information about towing your all-wheel drive vehicle behind a recreational vehicle(RV), refer to “Flat towing for all-wheel drivevehicle” in the “Technical and Consumer Informa-tion” section of this manual.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends towing your vehicle basedupon the type of drivetrain. Please refer to thediagrams in this section to ensure that your ve-hicle is properly towed. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

NISSAN recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or the vehicle beplaced on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

DO NOT tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thepowertrain.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsLCE2220


Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) models

NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towedwith the driving wheels (front) off the ground orplace the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

WARNING

● Never tow your vehicle with the frontwheels on the ground or 4 wheels onthe ground (forward or backward), asthis may cause serious and expensivedamage to the transmission. If it is nec-essary to tow the vehicle with the rearwheels raised always use towing dolliesunder the front wheels.

● When towing with the rear wheels onthe ground or on towing dollies, placethe ignition switch in the ON position,and secure the steering wheel in thestraight-ahead position with a rope orsimilar device.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

There are two options to recover a stuck vehicle:pulling and rocking. For additional information,regarding these options, please refer to the fol-lowing sections.

Pulling a stuck vehicle

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious personalinjury or death when recovering a stuckvehicle:

● Contact a professional towing serviceto recover the vehicle if you have anyquestions regarding the recoveryprocedure.

● Attach recovery devices only to mainstructural members of the vehicle or therecovery hooks.

Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) modelsLCE2221


● Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to towor free a stuck vehicle.

● Only use devices specifically designedfor vehicle recovery and follow themanufacturer’s instructions.

● Always pull the recovery device straightout from the front of the vehicle. Neverpull at an angle.

● Route recovery devices so they do nottouch any part of the vehicle except theattachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use a tow strap or other device designed specifi-cally for vehicle recovery. Always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the recovery de-vice.

Do not use the tie-down hooks for towing orvehicle recovery.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

WARNING

● Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

● Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.

● Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)and D (Drive).

● Apply the accelerator as little as possibleto maintain the rocking motion.

● Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

● Do not spin the tires above 35 mph(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.


7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Cleaning the seat tracks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

In order to maintain the appearance of your ve-hicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, please wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

● after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

● after driving on coastal roads

● when contaminants such as soot, bird drop-pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs geton the paint surface

● when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGWash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty ofwater. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mildsoap, a special vehicle soap or general purposedishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm(never hot) water.

CAUTION

● Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes, espe-cially brushless ones, use some acid forcleaning. The acid may react with someplastic vehicle components, causingthem to crack. This could affect theirappearance, and also could cause themnot to function properly. Always checkwith your car wash to confirm that acidis not used.

● Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.

● Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot, asthe surface may become water-spotted.

● Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside edges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to

the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be cleaned regularly. Take care that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle toavoid water spots.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing isrecommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforere-applying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing theproper product.

● Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash-ing. Follow the instructions supplied with thewax.

● Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive polishingon a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects,and tree sap as quickly as possible from thesurface of the paint to avoid lasting damage orstaining. Special cleaning products are availableat a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessorystore.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, it isnecessary to clean the underbody regularly inorder to prevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on the un-derbody and suspension. Before the winter pe-riod and again in the spring, the underseal mustbe checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust filmfrom the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass tobecome coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the electricalconductors, radio antenna elements orrear window defroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp-ened in a mild soap solution, especially duringwinter months in areas where road salt is used. Ifnot removed, road salt can discolor the wheels.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

● Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

● Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same as am-bient temperature.

● Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes after thecleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSINGSNISSAN does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating tothe tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub-ber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it mayreact with the coating and form a compound. Thiscompound may come off the tire while driving andstain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

● Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily thanwith an oil-based tire dressing.

● Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

● Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing is com-pletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

● Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by the tire dressing manufacturer.

Appearance and care 7-3

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather (if so equipped) surfaces with a clean,soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, thenwipe clean with a dry, soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather (if soequipped).

Before using any fabric protector, read the manu-facturer’s recommendations. Some fabric pro-tectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This can dam-age the seat or occupant classificationsensor. This can also affect the operationof the air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

CAUTION

● Never use benzine, thinner or any simi-lar material.

● Small dirt particles can be abrasive anddamaging to leather surfaces andshould be removed promptly. Do notuse saddle soap, car waxes, polishes,oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, deter-gents or ammonia-based cleaners asthey may damage the leather’s naturalfinish.

● Never use fabric protectors unless rec-ommended by the manufacturer.

● Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It may dam-age the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERS

Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affectthe vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener,take the following precautions:

● Hanging-type air fresheners can cause per-manent discoloration when they contact ve-hicle interior surfaces. Place the air fresh-ener in a location that allows it to hang freeand not contact an interior surface.

● Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can cause imme-diate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s in-structions before using the air fresheners.

FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference thatmay result in a collision, injury or death:

● NEVER place a floor mat on top of an-other floor mat in the driver frontposition.

● Use only Genuine NISSAN floor matsspecifically designed for use in your ve-hicle model. For additional information,refer to a NISSAN dealer.

● Properly position the mats in the floor-well using the floor mat positioning aid.Refer to �Floor mat positioning aid� inthis section.

The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. Mats should be main-tained with regular cleaning and replaced if theybecome excessively worn.

CLEANING INTERIOR


Floor mat positioning aidThis vehicle includes two driver’s side front floormat bracket hooks, two passenger’s side frontfloor mat bracket hooks and two rear floor matbracket hooks to help keep your floor mats inplace. Genuine NISSAN floor mats have beenspecially designed for your vehicle model. Thefloor mats have grommet holes incorporated inthem. Position each mat by placing the floor matbracket hook through the floor mat grommetholes while centering the mat in the floorwell.

Periodically check to make certain the mats areproperly positioned.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution.Allow the belts to dry completely in the shadebefore using them. For additional information,refer to “Seat belt maintenance” in the “Safety –Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section of this manual.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents to clean the seat belts,since these materials may severelyweaken the seat belt webbing.

CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS

CAUTION

Periodically clean the seat tracks to pre-vent reduction of ability to move the seats.

Clean periodically with a high-powered vacuumcleaner. Dirt and debris may reduce the ability toadjust the seat. A wet cleansing agent may beused if necessary.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

Most vehicle corrosion is caused by:

● the accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas

● damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic collisions

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on the ve-hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion.Wet floor coverings will not dry completely insidethe vehicle and should be removed for drying toavoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing and whereatmospheric pollution exists and road salt isused.

LAI2016

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

TemperatureHigh temperatures accelerate the rate of corro-sion to those parts which are not well ventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use acceler-ates the corrosion process. Road salt also accel-erates the disintegration of paint surfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

● Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

● Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

● Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

● Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

● NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-bris from the passenger compartmentby washing it out with a hose. Removedirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom.

● Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines,brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust and corro-sion, which may be required in some areas, con-sult a NISSAN dealer.


8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Explanation of general maintenance items . . . . . . . . . 8-2Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid . . . . . . 8-13Power steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Tire labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Types of tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37

Your NISSAN is designed to have minimum main-tenance requirements with long service intervalsto save you both time and money. However, someday-to-day and regular maintenance is essentialto maintain your NISSAN’s good mechanicalcondition, as well as its emissions and engineperformance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives propermaintenance. You are a vital link in the mainte-nance chain.

Scheduled maintenance

For your convenience, both required and optionalscheduled maintenance items are described andlisted in your “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide”. You must refer to that guide to ensurethat necessary maintenance is performed on yourNISSAN at regular intervals.

General maintenance

General maintenance includes those items whichshould be checked during normal day-to-day op-eration. They are essential for proper vehicle op-eration. It is your responsibility to perform thesemaintenance procedures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks requiresminimal mechanical skill and only a few generalautomotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done by you,a qualified technician, or, if you prefer, a NISSANdealer.

Where to go for service

If maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistswho are kept up-to-date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips and in-dealership training programs. Theyare completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve-hicles before they work on your vehicle ratherthan after they have worked on it.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’sservice department performs the best job to meetthe maintenance requirements on your vehicle —in a reliable and economical way.

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmells, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify a NISSAN dealer if you think thatrepairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance precau-tions” in this section.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “ * ” is found in this section.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood Check that the doorsand engine hood operate properly. Also ensurethat all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges,latches, latch pins, rollers and links as necessary.Make sure that the secondary latch keeps thehood from opening when the primary latch isreleased.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Lights* Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)* When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.

Tire rotation* Tires should be rotated every5,000 miles (8,000 km).

Tires* Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. If neces-sary, adjust the pressure in all tires, including thespare, to the pressure specified. Check carefullyfor damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect uneven orabnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel

alignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

● For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have a dam-aged windshield repaired by a qualified repairfacility.

Windshield wiper blades* Check for cracks orwear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as when per-forming periodic maintenance, cleaning the ve-hicle, etc.

Additional information on the followingitems with an “*” is found in this section.

Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smoothoperation and make sure the pedal does not bindor require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat awayfrom the pedal.

Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera-tion. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur-

ther than normal, the pedal feels spongy or thevehicle seems to take longer to stop, see aNISSAN dealer immediately. Keep the floor mataway from the pedal.

Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)P (Park) position mechanism On a fairlysteep hill check that your vehicle is held securelywith the shift lever in the P (Park) position withoutapplying any brakes.

Parking brake Check the parking brake opera-tion regularly. The vehicle should be securely heldon a fairly steep hill with only the parking brakeapplied. If the parking brake needs adjustment,see a NISSAN dealer.

Seats Check seat position controls such as seatadjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure theyoperate smoothly and all latches lock securely inevery position. Check that the headrestraints/headrests move up and downsmoothly and the locks (if so equipped) holdsecurely in all latched positions.

Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustersand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the belt web-bing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer-ing system, such as excessive freeplay, hardsteering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operating properly.

Windshield wiper and washer* Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Windshield defroster Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly and insufficient quantity when operating the heater orair conditioner.

Under the hood and vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Battery* Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines. Ve-hicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

NOTE:




Brake fluid level* Make sure that the brake fluidlevel is between the MIN and MAX lines on thereservoir.

Engine coolant level* Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts* Make sure the drive beltsare not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level* Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level surface with the engine off.Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drainback into the oil pan.

Exhaust system Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected by a NISSAN dealer. For addi-tional information, refer to “Exhaust gas (carbonmonoxide)” in the “Starting and driving”section ofthis manual.

Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil,water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it corrected imme-diately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines Checkthe level when the fluid is cold, with the engineoff. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looseconnections.


Underbody The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances from theunderbody, otherwise rust may form on the floorpan, frame, fuel lines and exhaust system. At theend of winter, the underbody should be thor-oughly flushed with plain water, in those areaswhere mud and dirt may have accumulated. Foradditional information, refer to the “Appearanceand care” section of this manual.

Windshield-washer fluid* Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.

When performing any inspection or maintenancework on your vehicle, always take care to preventserious accidental injury to yourself or damage tothe vehicle. The following are general precau-tions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

● Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-ply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the vehiclefrom moving. Move the shift lever to P(Park).

● Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

● If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans, beltsand any other moving parts.

● It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. beforeworking on your vehicle.

● Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

● Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may comeon at any time without warning, even ifthe ignition switch is in the OFF posi-tion and the engine is not running. Toavoid injury, always disconnect thenegative battery cable before workingnear the fan.

● If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, be surethere is proper ventilation for exhaustgases to escape.

● Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, supportit with safety stands.

● Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from the fuel tank andbattery.

● The fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by a NISSAN dealer becausethe fuel lines are under high pressureeven when the engine is off.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


CAUTION

● Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

● Avoid contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engineoil, engine coolant and/or other vehiclefluids can damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulations fordisposal of vehicle fluid.

● Never leave the engine or continuouslyvariable transmission related compo-nent harnesses disconnected while theignition switch is in the ON position.

● Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

This “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

You should be aware that incomplete or improperservicing may result in operating difficulties orexcessive emissions, and could affect warrantycoverage. If in doubt about any servicing,have it done by a NISSAN dealer.

LDI2633

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


VQ35DE engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir2. Drive belt location3. Engine oil dipstick4. Engine oil filler cap5. Brake fluid reservoir6. Air cleaner7. Fuse box8. Fuse box/Fusible links9. Battery10 Radiator cap11. Power steering fluid reservoir12. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a pre-diluted mixture of 50% GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and50% water to provide year-round antifreeze andcoolant protection. The antifreeze solution con-tains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional en-gine cooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

● Never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap when the engine is hot.Wait until the engine and radiator cooldown. Serious burns could be causedby high pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator. For additional information,refer to precautions in “If your vehicleoverheats” found in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

● The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure type radiator cap. To prevent en-gine damage, use only a GenuineNISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION

● Never use any cooling system additivessuch as radiator sealer. Additives mayclog the cooling system and cause dam-age to the engine, transmission and/orcooling system.

● When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-dilutedto provide antifreeze protection to -34°F (-37° C). If additional freeze protectionis needed due to weather where youoperate your vehicle, add GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant(blue) concentrate following the direc-tions on the container. If an equivalentcoolant other than Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) isused, follow the coolant manufacturer’sinstructions to maintain minimum anti-freeze protection to -34° F (-37° C). Theuse of other types of coolant solutionsother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentmay damage the engine coolingsystem.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


● The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or7 years. Mixing any other type of cool-ant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), includ-ing Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (green), or the useof non-distilled water will reduce thelife expectancy of the factory-fill cool-ant. For additional information, refer tothe NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level, add coolant to the MAX level. If thereservoir is empty, check the coolant level in theradiator when the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening and also addit to the reservoir up to the MAX level.

This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life expectancy ofthe factory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles(168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing any other type of

coolant or the use of non-distilled water will re-duce the life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant.For additional information, refer to the NISSANService and Maintenance Guide.

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by a NISSANdealer.

For additional information on the location of theengine coolant reservoir, refer to “Engine com-partment check locations” in this section.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTA NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant.The service procedure can be found in theNISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

● To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when the en-gine is hot.

● Never remove the radiator or enginecoolant reservoir cap when the engineis hot. Serious burns could be caused byhigh pressure fluid escaping from theradiator.

LDI2590


● Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

● Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than10 minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Re-install dipstick.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be between the H (High) andL (Low) marks �B . This is the normal oper-ating oil level range. If the oil level is belowthe L (Low) mark �A , remove the oil filler capand pour recommended oil through theopening. Do not overfill �C .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the severityof operating conditions.

LDI2556 WDI0214

ENGINE OIL


CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly. Op-erating the engine with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine, andsuch damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature, then turn it off.

3. Remove the oil filler cap �A by turning itcounterclockwise.

4. Remove pins �B from the under-engine pro-tector.

5. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug�C .

6. Remove the drain plug �C with a wrench byturning it counterclockwise and completelydrain the oil.

If the engine oil filter is to be changed, re-move and replace it at this time. For addi-tional information, refer to “Changing engineoil filter” in this section.

● Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

● Check your local regulations.

LDI2554 LDI2558


WARNING

● Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

● Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

● Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engineoil may be hot.

7. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a newwasher. Securely tighten the drain plug witha wrench. Do not use excessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:26 ft-lb (34 N·m)

8. Refill engine with recommended oil throughthe oil filler opening, then install the oil fillercap securely.

For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities” inthe “Technical and consumer information”section of this manual for drain and refillcapacity.

The drain and refill capacity depends on theoil temperature and drain time. Use thesespecifications for reference only. Always usethe dipstick to determine when the properamount of oil is in the engine.

9. Start the engine. Check for leakage aroundthe drain plug and oil filter. Correct as re-quired.

10. Turn the engine off and wait more than10 minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

LDI2634


CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Place a large drain pan under the oil filter �B .

4. Remove pins �A from the right engine pro-tector located inside the right wheel well andthen remove protector. Remove oil filter �Bwith an oil filter wrench by turning it counter-clockwise. Then remove the oil filter by turn-ing it by hand.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engineoil may be hot.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface witha clean rag.

CAUTION

● Be sure to remove any old gasketmaterial remaining on the sealingsurface of the engine. Failure to doso could lead to an oil leak and en-gine damage.

● The dipstick must be inserted inplace to prevent oil spillage from thedipstick hole when filling the enginewith oil.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.

7. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistanceis felt, then tighten an additional 2/3 turn.

8. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

9. Turn the engine off and wait more than10 minutes. Check the oil level. Add engineoil if necessary.

LDI2562


CAUTION

● NISSAN recommends using GenuineNISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 ONLY inNISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with otherfluids.

● Do not use Automatic transmissionfluid (ATF) or Manual transmission fluidin a NISSAN CVT, as it may damage theCVT. Damage caused by the use of flu-ids other than as recommended is notcovered under NISSAN’s New VehicleLimited Warranty.

● Using fluids that are not equivalent toGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 mayalso damage the CVT. Damage causedby the use of fluids other than as recom-mended is not covered under NISSAN’sNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

When checking or replacement of CVT fluid isrequired, we recommend your NISSAN dealer forservicing.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked when the fluidis cold at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86ºF (0 to30ºC). The fluid level can be checked with thelevel gauge which is attached to the cap. Tocheck the fluid level, remove the cap. The fluidlevel should be between the MAX �1 and MIN �2lines.

If the fluid is below the MIN �2 line, add GenuineNISSAN E-PSF or equivalent. Remove the capand fill through the opening.

CAUTION

● DO NOT OVERFILL.

● Use of a power steering fluid other thanGenuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalentwill prevent the power steering systemfrom operating properly.

● Power steering fluid is poisonous andshould be stored carefully in markedcontainers out of the reach of children.

LDI2635

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

POWER STEERING FLUID


WARNING

● Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake system.The use of improper fluids can damagethe brake system and affect the vehi-cle’s stopping ability.

● Clean the filler cap before removing.

● Brake fluid is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid isspilled, immediately wash the surface withwater.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the brakefluid is below the MIN line, the brake warning lightwill illuminate. Add brake fluid up to the MAX line.For additional information on brake fluid type,refer to “Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-pacities” in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

If the brake fluid must be added frequently, thebrake system should be thoroughly checked by aNISSAN dealer. WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

RESERVOIR

Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally. Add windshield-washer fluid when the lowwindshield-washer fluid warning light comes on.

To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir, liftthe cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield-washer fluid into the reservoir opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield-washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s in-structions for the mixture ratio.

LDI2592 LDI2573

BRAKE FLUID WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID


Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount ofwindshield-washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind-shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreezeor equivalent.

CAUTION

● Do not substitute engine antifreezecoolant for windshield-washer fluid.This may result in damage to the paint.

● Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with washer fluid concen-trates at full strength. Some methyl al-cohol based washer fluid concentratesmay permanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the windshield-washer fluid reser-voir. Do not use the windshield-washerfluid reservoir to mix the washer fluidconcentrate and water.

● Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.

● Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

● If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (-) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharge.

NOTE:




WARNING

● Do not expose the battery to flames, anelectrical spark or a cigarette. Hydrogengas generated by the battery is explo-sive. Explosive gases can cause blind-ness or injury. Do not allow battery fluidto contact your skin, eyes, fabrics orpainted surfaces. Sulfuric acid cancause blindness or injury. After touch-ing a battery or battery cap, do nottouch or rub your eyes. Thoroughlywash your hands. If the acid contactsyour eyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15 minutesand seek medical attention.

● Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid inthe battery is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the batterywhich can generate heat, reduce batterylife, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

● When working on or near a battery, al-ways wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

● Battery posts, terminals and related ac-cessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

BATTERY


● Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

● Do not tip the battery. Keep the ventcaps tight and the battery level.

1. Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver asshown. Use a cloth to protect the batterycase.

2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it isnecessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level up to the bottom ofthe filler opening. Do not overfill. Reinstallthe vent caps.

WDI0224

LDI0302


Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, refer to “Jump start-ing” in the “In case of emergency” section of thismanual. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact a NISSAN dealer.

1. Crankshaft pulley2. Drive belt automatic tensioner pulley3. Generator pulley4. Air conditioner compressor pulley

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is placed in theOFF or LOCK position before servicingdrive belt. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusualwear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt isin poor condition or is loose, have it replacedor adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belt checked regularly for condi-tion and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule found in the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”.

VQ35DE engineLDI2131

DRIVE BELT


REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Iridium-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped �Aspark plugs as frequently as conventional typespark plugs because they last much longer. Fol-low the maintenance log shown in the “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”. Do not serviceiridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap-ping.

● Always replace spark plugs with rec-ommended or equivalent ones.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch areoff and that the parking brake is engagedsecurely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to re-move the spark plugs. An incorrect socketcan damage the spark plugs.

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealerfor assistance.

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenancelog shown in the “NISSAN Service and Mainte-nance Guide.”

To remove the air cleaner filter:

1. Unlatch the retaining clips �A .

2. Move the air cleaner cover upwards.

3. Remove the air cleaner filter. Wipe the insideof the air cleaner filter housing and the coverwith a damp cloth, then replace air cleanerfilter.

SDI1895 LDI2553

SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER


NOTE:

After installing a new air cleaner filter,make sure the air cleaner cover is seated inthe housing and latch the clips.

WARNING

● Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you or oth-ers to be burned. The air cleaner notonly cleans the air, it stops the flame ifthe engine backfires. If it isn’t there, andthe engine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drive with the air cleanerremoved, and be careful when workingon the engine with the air cleanerremoved.

● Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could resultin serious injury.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERThe in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air-borne dust and pollen particles and reducessome objectionable outside odors. The filter islocated behind the glove box. For additional in-formation, refer to the “NISSAN Service andMaintenance Guide” for change intervals.

If replacement is required, see your NISSANdealer.

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield-washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with a washersolution or a mild detergent. Your windshield isclean if beads do not form when rinsing with clearwater.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soakedin a washer solution or a mild detergent. Thenrinse the blades with clear water. If your wind-shield is still not clear after cleaning the bladesand using the wiper, replace the blades.

WARNING

Worn windshield wiper blades can dam-age the windshield and impair drivervision.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES


REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

To replace the windshield wiper blades, followthe procedure below:

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2. Lift the release tab �A .

3. Move the wiper blade �B down and remove.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm.

5. Push the release tab down until it clicks.

6. Push wiper on to windshield.

CAUTION

● After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged when thehood is opened.

● Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arms may be dam-aged from wind pressure.

If you wax the surface of the hood, be careful notto let wax get into the washer nozzle �A . This maycause clogging or improper windshield-washeroperation. If wax gets into the nozzle, remove itwith a needle or small pin �B .

LDI2584

LDI2182


Rear window wiper bladeContact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace-ment is required.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front and rear disc-type brakes self-adjustevery time the brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See a NISSAN dealer for a brake systemcheck if the brake pedal height does notreturn to normal.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audiblewear indicators. When a brake pad requires re-placement, a high pitched scraping or screech-ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is inmotion. The noise will be heard whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear indicatorsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, occa-sional brake squeak, squeal or other noise maybe heard. Occasional brake noise during light tomoderate stops is normal and does not affect thefunction or performance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information regard-ing brake inspections, refer to the appropriatemaintenance schedule information in the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”.

BRAKES


If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

Fuses are used in the passenger and enginecompartment. Spare fuses are provided and canbe found in the passenger compartment fusebox.

When installing a fuse make sure the fuse isinstalled in the fuse box securely.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not come on,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushing thetab and lifting the cover up.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller. Thefuse puller is located in the center of the fuseblock in the passenger compartment.

LDI2385 LDI2636

FUSES


5. If the fuse is open �A , replace it with a newfuse �B .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

Fusible linksIf the electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

LDI0456 LDI2560 LDI2569


NOTE:

The fuse box is located on the driver’s sideof the instrument panel.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Pull down on fuse box cover �1 to remove.

3. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller �2 .

5. If the fuse is open �A , replace it with anequivalent good fuse �B .

6. Push the fuse box cover to install.

If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

Extended storage switchIf any electrical equipment does not operate,remove the extended storage switch and checkfor an open fuse.

NOTE:

The extended storage switch is used forlong term vehicle storage. Even if the ex-tended storage switch is broken it is notnecessary to replace it. Replace only theopen fuse in the switch with a new fuse.

LDI2570 LDI0456 LDI2035


How to replace the extended storage switch:

1. To remove the extended storage switch, besure the ignition switch is in the OFF orLOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFFposition.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the locking tabs �1 found on eachside of the storage switch.

5. Pull the storage switch straight out from thefuse box �2 .

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery or removed parts.

LDI2001

BATTERY REPLACEMENT


NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol-lows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli-gent Key.

2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver �A intothe slit �B of the corner and twist it to sepa-rate the upper part from the lower part. Placea cloth over the screwdriver to protect thecasing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2032 or equiva-lent.

● Do not touch the internal circuit and elec-tric terminals as doing so could cause amalfunction.

● Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

● Make sure that the + side faces the bot-tom of the lower part.

4. Close the lid securely as illustrated with �Cand �D .

5. Operate the buttons to check the operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance forreplacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

LDI2637


Note:


For Canada:This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the de-vice.

HEADLIGHTSReplacing the halogen headlight bulb(if so equipped)

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whichuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb. Be-cause the headlight assembly must be removedfrom the vehicle for bulb replacement, see yourNISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

● Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment isnecessary, contact a NISSAN dealer.

● Do not leave the headlight assemblyopen without a bulb installed for a longperiod of time. Dust, moisture, smoke,etc. entering the headlight body mayaffect bulb performance. Remove thebulb from the headlight assembly justbefore a replacement bulb is installed.

● Only touch the base when handling thebulb. Never touch the glass envelope.Touching the glass could significantlyaffect bulb life and/or headlightperformance.

● High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope is scratchedor the bulb is dropped.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. Atemperature difference between the inside andthe outside of the lens causes the fog. This is nota malfunction. If large drops of water collectinside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Replacing the LED headlight bulb (ifso equipped)If LED headlight bulb replacement is required,see your NISSAN dealer.

FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)

Replacing the fog light bulbIf replacement is required, see your NISSANdealer.

LIGHTS


CAUTION

● High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope is scratchedor the bulb is dropped.

● When handling the bulb, do not touchthe glass envelope.

● Use the same number and wattage asoriginally installed as shown in thechart.

● Do not leave the bulb out of the fog lightfor a long period of time as dust, mois-ture and smoke may enter the fog lightbody and affect the performance of thefog light.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)*High (Halogen) 65 H9Low (Halogen) 55 H11Turn 28/8 7444NASide marker 5 W5WPark — —

Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)*High — —Low — —Turn 28/8 7444NASide marker 5 W5WPark — —

Front fog lights (if so equipped)* 35 H8Daytime running lights* — —Door mirror turn signal light — —Map light* — —Personal light* — —Vanity mirror light* 1.3 37LLGlove box light* — —Cargo light* 5 —High-mounted stop light* — —Rear combination light*

Tail/Stop — —Turn 21 WY21WRear side marker 5 W5WBackup (reversing) 16 921

License plate light* 5 W5W

* See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.


1. Map light2 Headlight assembly3 Personal light4. Door mirror turn signal light5. Fog light (if so equipped)6. High mounted stoplight7. License plate light8. Rear combination light9. Cargo light10. Daytime running light

If you have a flat tire, refer to the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect elec-tric medical equipment. Those who use apacemaker should contact the electricmedical equipment manufacturer for thepossible influences before use.

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pres-sure of all tires except the spare. When the lowtire pressure warning light is lit and the TirePressure Low - Add Air warning appears in thevehicle information display, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated. If equipped,the system also displays pressure of all tires(except the spare tire) on the display screen bysending a signal from a sensor that is installed ineach wheel.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also,this system may not detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire while driving).LDI2638

WHEELS AND TIRES


For additional information, refer to “Low tire pres-sure warning light” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section and “Flat tire” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

Tire inflation pressure

Check the tire pressures (including thespare) often and always prior to long dis-tance trips. The recommended tire pres-sure specifications are shown on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification labelor the Tire and Loading Information labelunder the “Cold Tire Pressure” heading.The Tire and Loading Information label isaffixed to the driver side center pillar. Tirepressures should be checked regularlybecause:

● Most tires naturally lose air over time.

● Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other objectsor if the vehicle strikes a curb whileparking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle has

been parked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds.

The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro-vides visual and audible signals outsidethe vehicle for inflating the tires to therecommended COLD tire pressure. Foradditional information, refer to “TPMSwith Easy Fill Tire Alert” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

● Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

● The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weight ca-pacity is indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. Do

not load your vehicle beyond thiscapacity. Overloading your ve-hicle may result in reduced tirelife, unsafe operating conditionsdue to premature tire failure, orunfavorable handling character-istics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading beyondthe specified capacity may alsoresult in failure of other vehiclecomponents.

● Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressure gaugeto ensure that the tire pressuresare at the specified level.

● For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.


Tire and loading information label

�1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-ber of occupants that can be seatedin the vehicle.

�2 Tire size - refer to “Tire labeling” inthis section.

�3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 or morehours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds. Therecommended cold tire inflation is setby the manufacturer to provide thebest balance of tire wear, vehiclehandling, driveability, tire noise, etc.,up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

�4 Original tire size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

�5 Spare tire size.

�6 Vehicle load limit: Refer to “Vehicleloading information” in the “Technicaland consumer information” section ofthis manual.

LDI2083


Checking tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyonto the valve stem. Do not press toohard or force the valve stem side-ways, or air will escape. If the hissingsound of air escaping from the tire isheard while checking the pressure,reposition the gauge to eliminate thisleakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare to the specifica-tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tip ofthe gauge stem to release pressure.Recheck the pressure and add orrelease air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

Size Cold Tire InflationPressure

Front and RearOriginal Tire:235/65R18

33 PSI, 230 kPa

Front and RearOriginal Tire:235/55R20

35 PSI, 240 kPa

Spare Tire:T165/90D18 60 PSI, 420 kPa

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on thesidewall of all tires. This information iden-tifies and describes the fundamentalcharacteristics of the tire and also pro-vides the tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. The TINcan be used to identify the tire in case of arecall.

LDI0393Example

WDI0394


�1 Tire size (example: P215/65R15 95H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles (not alltires have this information).

2. Three-digit number (215): This num-ber gives the width in millimeters ofthe tire from sidewall edge to side-wall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (15): This numberis the wheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weighteach tire can support. You may notfind this information on all tires be-cause it is not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

ExampleWDI0395


�2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-ment Of Transportation”. The symbolcan be placed above, below or to theleft or right of the Tire IdentificationNumber.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark.

3. Two-digit code: Tire size.

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional).

5. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. For ex-ample, the numbers 3103 means the31st week of 2003. If these numbersare missing then look on the othersidewall of the tire.

�3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufactur-

ers also must indicate the materials in thetire, which include steel, nylon, polyesterand others.

�4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sure

This number is the greatest amount of airpressure that should be put in the tire. Donot exceed the maximum permissible in-flation pressure.

�5 Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum loadin kilograms and pounds that can be car-ried by the tire. When replacing the tireson the vehicle, always use a tire that hasthe same load rating as the factory in-stalled tire.

�6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires an in-ner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).

�7 The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown if the tire hasradial structure.

�8 Manufacturer or brand name

ExampleLDI2786


Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

Other Tire-related Terminology

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding on theother sidewall of the tire, or (2) the out-ward facing sidewall of an asymmetricaltire that has a particular side that mustalways face outward when mounted on avehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

● When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) andconstruction. A NISSAN dealer may beable to help you with information abouttire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

● Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.

● Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by NISSAN could affect theproper operation of the low tire pres-sure warning system.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

● Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do so mayresult in a circumference difference be-tween tires on the front and rear axleswhich can cause the VDC system to mal-function resulting in personal injury ordeath, excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

CAUTION

● ONLY use spare tires specified for theAWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommendedthat all four tires be replaced with tires of thesame size, brand, construction and tread pattern.The tire pressure and wheel alignment shouldalso be checked and corrected as necessary.Contact a NISSAN dealer.

All season tires

NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod-els to provide good performance all year, includ-ing snowy and icy road conditions. All Seasontires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&Son the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snowtraction than All Season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

NISSAN specifies summer tires on some modelsto provide superior performance on dry roads.Summer tire performance is substantially re-duced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not havethe tire traction rating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.


If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratingsthan factory equipped tires and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed. Never ex-ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tiresmay be used. However, some U.S. states andCanadian provinces prohibit their use. Checklocal, state and provincial laws before installingstudded tires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS

CAUTION

Tire chains/cables should not be installedon 235/55R20 size tires. Installation of thetire chains/cables on 235/55R20 size tireswill cause damage to the vehicle. If youplan to use tire chains/cables, you shouldinstall 235/65R18 size tires on yourvehicle.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited according tolocation. Check the local laws before installingtire chains. When installing tire chains, make surethey are the proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEclass “S” chains. Class “S” chains are used onvehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are de-signed to meet the minimum clearances betweenthe tire and the closest vehicle suspension orbody component required to accommodate theuse of a winter traction device (tire chains orcables). The minimum clearances are determinedusing the factory equipped tire size. Other typesmay damage your vehicle. Use chain tensionerswhen recommended by the tire chain manufac-turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of thetire chain must be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damage to the

fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully load-ing your vehicle when using tire chains. In addi-tion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, yourvehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely affected.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving withchains in such conditions can cause damage tothe various mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress.


CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating the tires every5,000 miles (8,000 km).

For additional information, refer to “Flat tire” in the“In case of emergency” section of this manual fortire replacing procedures.

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecifications at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecification at each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

● After rotating the tires, check and adjustthe tire pressure.

● Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

● Do not include the spare tire in the tirerotation.


Tire wear and damage

1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

WARNING

● Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulg-ing or objects caught in the tread.If excessive wear, cracks, bulgingor deep cuts are found, the tire(s)should be replaced.

WDI0258 WDI0259


● The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

● Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician becausesome tire damage may not be ob-vious. Replace the tires as neces-sary to prevent tire failure andpossible personal injury.

● Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personal in-jury. If it is necessary to repair thespare tire, contact a NISSANdealer.

● For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacity

as originally equipped. Recommended types andsizes are shown in “Wheels and tires” in the“Technical and consumer information” section ofthis manual.

WARNING

● The use of tires other than those recom-mended or the mixed use of tires ofdifferent brands, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), or tread patternscan adversely affect the ride, braking,handling, VDC system, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chainclearance, speedometer calibration,headlight aim and bumper height.Some of these effects may lead to acci-dents and could result in serious per-sonal injury.

● For 2WD models, if your vehicle wasoriginally equipped with 4 tires thatwere the same size and you are onlyreplacing 2 of the 4 tires, install the newtires on the rear axle. Placing new tireson the front axle may cause loss ofvehicle control in some driving condi-tions and cause an accident and per-sonal injury

● If the wheels are changed for any rea-son, always replace with wheels whichhave the same off-set dimension.Wheels of a different off-set couldcause premature tire wear, degrade ve-hicle handling characteristics, affect theVDC system and/or interference withthe brake disc/drum. Such interferencecan lead to decreased braking effi-ciency and/or early brake pad/shoewear. For additional information, referto “Wheels and tires” in the “Technicaland consumer information” section ofthis manual for wheel off-setdimensions.




● Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been re-paired. Such wheels or tires could havestructural damage and could fail with-out warning.

● The use of retread tires is notrecommended.


● Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do so mayresult in a circumference difference be-tween tires on the front and rear axleswhich can cause the VDC system to mal-function resulting in personal injury ordeath, excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears (AWD models).

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can getout of balance. Therefore, they should be bal-anced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet.

Care of wheels

● Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

● Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

● Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

● Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

● NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt in areaswhere it is used during winter.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire)

Observe the following precautions if the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used.Otherwise, your vehicle could be damaged orinvolved in an accident:

WARNING

● The spare tire should be used for emer-gency use only. It should be replacedwith the standard tire at the first oppor-tunity to avoid possible tire or differen-tial damage.

● Drive carefully while the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt braking whiledriving.

● Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressure ofthe TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireat 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

● With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire installed do not drive the vehicle atspeeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).


● When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used on therear wheels and the original tire usedon the front wheels (drive wheels). Usetire chains only on the front (original)tires.

● Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a faster ratethan the standard tire. Replace thespare tire as soon as the tread wearindicators appear.

● Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

● Do not use more than one spare tire atthe same time.

● Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.

CAUTION

● Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chainswill not fit properly and may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

● Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also, do not drivethe vehicle through an automatic carwash since it may get caught.


9 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 9-2Recommended fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Engine oil and oil filter recommendations . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . 9-10Vehicle identification number(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Securing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Maximum load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Towing load/specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Flat towing for All–Wheel drive vehicle(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . 9-28Event Data Recorders (EDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . . 9-29

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the proceduredescribed in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 19 gal 15 7/8 gal 71.9 L• Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91).• For additional information, refer to “Recommended fuel” in this section.

Engine oilWith oil filter

change5-1/8 qt 4-1/4 qt 4.8 L

• Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent.• Engine oil with API Certification Mark.• Viscosity SAE 0W-20.• As an alternative to this recommended oil, SAE 5W-30 conventional pe-troleum based oil may be used and meet all specifications and requirementsnecessary to maintain the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.• For additional information, refer to “Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-tions” in this section.• For additional information, refer to “Changing engine oil” and “Changingengine oil filter” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

Drain and refillWithout oil

filter change4-3/4 qt 4.0 qt 4.5 L

Cooling system With reservoir 2-1/4 gal 1-7/8 gal8.7 L • Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or

equivalent.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid

— — —

• Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3.• NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluidsthat are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 maydamage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than asrecommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Differential gear oil — — —• Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equiva-lent conventional (non-synthetic) oil.• See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil.

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

9-2 Technical and consumer information

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

US measure Imp measure Liter

Transfer oil — — —• Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equiva-lent conventional (non-synthetic) oil.• See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil.

Power steering fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instructions inthe “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

See your NISSAN dealer for service.

• Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent.•Use of power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E-PSF will pre-vent the power steering system from operating properly.

Brake fluid• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3.• Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer.

Multi-purpose grease — — —• NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base).• See your NISSAN dealer for service.

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — —

• HFC-134a (R-134a).• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations” in this section.•See your NISSAN dealer for service.

Air conditioning system oil — — —

• NISSAN A/C System Oil Type ND-OIL8 or equivalent.• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations” in this section.•See your NISSAN dealer for service.

Windshield-washer fluid 1-3/8 gal 1-1/8 gal 4.6 L

• Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the “Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section.• Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreezeor equivalent.

Technical and consumer information 9-3

RECOMMENDED FUEL

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-ber (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION

● Only vehicles with the E-85 filler doorlabel can operate on E-85. Fuel systemor other damage can occur if E-85 isused in vehicles that are not designedto run on E-85.

● Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affect thewarranty coverage.

● Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

● Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 orE-85 fuel in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for E-15 or E-85 fuel can ad-versely affect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle. Dam-age caused by such fuel is not coveredby the NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

● U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Gasoline specifications

NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifi-cations where it is available. Many of the automo-bile manufacturers developed this specificationto improve emission control system and vehicleperformance. Ask your service station manager ifthe gasoline meets the WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing reformu-lated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy-genates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanolwith or without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels ofwhich the oxygenate content and the fuel com-

patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de-termined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

● The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

● If an oxygenate-blend other thanmethanol blend is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

● E-15 fuel contains more than 10% oxy-genate. E-15 fuel will adversely affectthe emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle and should not beused. Damage caused by such fuel isnot covered by the NISSAN new vehiclelimited warranty.


● If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is not avail-able to ensure that all methanol blendsare suitable for use in NISSAN ve-hicles.

If any driveability problems such as engine stall-ing and difficult hot-starting are experienced afterusing oxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

E–15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuelethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 canonly be used in vehicles designed to run on E-15fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. gov-ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens-ing pumps to be identified with small, square,

orange and black label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentage for thatregion.

E–85 fuel

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuelethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 canonly be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Donot use E-85 in your vehicle. U.S. governmentregulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for that region.

Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel injec-tor cleaner, octane booster, intake valve depositremovers, etc.) which are sold commercially.Many of these additives intended for gum, varnishor deposit removal may contain active solvents orsimilar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuelsystem and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy “spark knock.” (“Sparkknock” is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. If you

detect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on levelroads, have a NISSAN dealer correct thecondition. Failure to correct the conditionis misuse of the vehicle, for which NISSANis not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or enginedamage. If any of the above symptoms are en-countered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is not acause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATIONS

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct grade, qualityand viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactoryengine life and performance. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Recommended fluids/lubricantsand capacities” in this section. NISSAN recom-mends the use of an energy conserving oil inorder to improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval

Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-cosity standard. These oils have the API certifica-tion mark on the front of the container. Oils whichdo not have the specified quality label should notbe used as they could cause engine damage.

Oil additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is not neces-sary when the proper oil type is used and main-tenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or has beenpreviously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantto select the engine oil viscosity based on thetemperatures at which the vehicle will be oper-ated before the next oil change. Choosing an oilviscosity other than that recommended couldcause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described in “Changeintervals.”

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using engine oil and filtersthat are not of the specified quality, or exceedingrecommended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to the enginecaused by improper maintenance or use of incor-rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

LTI2051


Your engine was filled with a high-quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended changeinterval. Oil and filter change intervals dependupon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes:

● repeated short distance driving at cold out-side temperatures

● driving in dusty conditions

● extensive idling

● towing a trailer

● stop and go commuting

For additional information, refer to the “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide” for the mainte-nance schedule.

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND OILRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioner system in your NISSANvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and NISSAN A/Csystem oil Type ND-OIL8 or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oil willcause severe damage to the air condition-ing system and will require the replace-ment of all air conditioner systemcomponents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affect theearth’s atmosphere, certain government regula-tions require the recovery and recycling of anyrefrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys-tem service. A NISSAN dealer has the trainedtechnicians and equipment needed to recoverand recycle your air conditioner system refriger-ant.

Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your airconditioner system.


ENGINE

Model VQ35DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHCCylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-block, Slanted at 60°Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.760 x 3.205 (95.5 x 81.4)Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)Firing order 1–2–3–4–5–6

Idle speed

No adjustment is necessary.CVT (in N (Neutral) position)Ignition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)CO % at idle

Spark plug FXE22HR-11

Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chainThis spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

SPECIFICATIONS


WHEELS AND TIRES

Wheel type Offset: in (mm) Size

Aluminum 1.97 (50) 18 x 7.5J

1.97 (50) 20 x 7.5J

Spare wheel-steel 0.99 (25) 18 x 4T

Tire size 235/65R18

Tire size 235/55R20

Spare tire T165/90D18

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall lengthwithout front license plate bracket in (mm) 192.4 (4,888)with front license plate bracket in (mm) 192.8 (4,898)

Overall width in (mm) 75.4 (1,916)Overall height 66.6 (1,691)Front and rear tread width in (mm) 64.6 (1,640)Wheelbase in (mm) 111.2 (2,825)

Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg) Refer to the “F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label” on

the center pillar between thedriver’s side front and rear

doors.

Gross axle weight ratingFront lb (kg)Rear lb (kg)


When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-hicle in another country, you should first findout if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi-cle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too lowmay cause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline. There-fore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas whereappropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-sion control and safety standards vary accordingto the country, state, province or district; there-fore, vehicle specifications may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or district andregistered, its modifications, transporta-tion and registration are the responsibilityof the user. NISSAN is not responsible forany inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number (VIN) plate isattached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The vehicle identification number is located asshown.

LTI2107 LTI2108

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGYOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHERCOUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine as shown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.CERTIFICATION LABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification la-bel is affixed as shown. This label contains valu-able vehicle information, such as: (GVWR),(GAWR), month and year of manufacture, (VIN),etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label is at-tached to the underside of the hood as shown.

LTI2034 WTI0172 LTI2072


TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information Label. The label is located asshown.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label is affixed tothe underside of the hood as shown.

To mount the front license plate, attach the li-cense plate bracket �1 to the plastic finisher atthe location marks (small dimples) using the two6 mm screws provided.

WTI0174 WTI0167 LTI2100

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


WARNING

● It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside a vehicle. Ina collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed.

● Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

● Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself withthe following terms before loading yourvehicle:

● Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment, flu-ids, emergency tools, and spare tireassembly. This weight does not in-clude passengers and cargo.

● GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

● GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other optionalequipment. This information is lo-cated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label.

● GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

● GCWR (Gross Combined Weightrating) - The maximum total weightrating of the vehicle, passengers,cargo, and trailer.

● Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the ve-hicle. This is the maximum combinedweight of occupants and cargo thatcan be loaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer, thetrailer tongue weight must be in-cluded as part of the cargo load. Thisinformation is located on the Tire andLoading Information label.

● Cargo capacity - permissible weightof cargo, the subtracted weight ofoccupants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your ve-hicle shown as “The combined weight ofoccupants and cargo” on the Tire andLoading Information label. Do not exceedthe number of occupants shown as“Seating Capacity” on the Tire and Load-ing Information label.

To get “the combined weight of occu-pants and cargo”, add the weight of alloccupants, then add the total luggageweight. Examples are shown in the follow-ing illustration.

ExampleLTI0152


Steps for determining correct loadlimit

1. Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX lbs or XXXkg” on your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX lbsor XXX kg.

4. The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if theXXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. andthere will be five 150 lb. passengersin your vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150)= 650 lbs) or (640-340 (5 X 70) =300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargo andluggage load capacity calculated instep 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be trans-ferred to your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how this re-duces the available cargo and lug-gage load capacity of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.For additional information, refer to “Mea-surement of weights” in this section.

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. For additional information, refer tothe “Tire and loading information label” inthis section.

SECURING THE LOAD

There are luggage hooks located in the cargoarea as shown. The hooks can be used to securecargo with ropes or other types of straps.

Do not apply a total load of more than6.5 lbs. (29 N) to a single metal floor hookwhen securing cargo.

Cargo area luggage hooksLTI2113


WARNING


● The child restraint top tether strap maybe damaged by contact with items inthe cargo area. Secure any items in thecargo area. Your child could be seri-ously injured or killed in a collision ifthe top tether strap is damaged.

● Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damage couldoccur, or it can change the way yourvehicle handles. This could result in lossof control and cause personal injury.

LOADING TIPS

● The GVW must not exceed GVWRor GAWR as specified on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

● Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

● Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

● Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts of your vehicle canbreak, tire damage could occur,or it can change the way yourvehicle handles. This could resultin loss of control and cause per-sonal injury.

● Overloading not only can shortenthe life of your vehicle and thetire, but can also cause unsafevehicle handling and longer brak-ing distances. This may cause apremature tire failure whichcould result in a serious accidentand personal injury. Failurescaused by overloading are notcovered by the vehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, driveto a scale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axleloads. Individual axle loads should not ex-ceed either of the gross axle weight rat-ings (GAWR). The total of the axle loadsshould not exceed the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR). These ratings aregiven on the vehicle certification label. Ifweight ratings are exceeded, move or re-move items to bring all weights below theratings.


WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

● Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy loadfor the first 500 miles (805 km). Yourengine, axle or other parts could bedamaged.

● For the first 500 miles (805 km) that youtow a trailer, do not drive over 50 mph(80 km/h) and do not make starts at fullthrottle. This helps the engine and otherparts of your vehicle wear in at theheavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri-marily to carry passengers and cargo. Rememberthat towing a trailer places additional loads onyour vehicle’s engine, drive train, steering, brak-ing and other systems.

A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is availableon the website at www.nissanusa.com. Thisguide includes information on trailer towing ca-pability and the special equipment required forproper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITSMaximum trailer loadsNever allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the “TowingLoad/Specification” chart found in this section.The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus itscargo weight.

The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating(GCWR) should not exceed the value specifiedin the following Towing Load/Specification Chart.

The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle(including passengers and cargo) plus the totaltrailer load. Towing loads greater than these orusing improper towing equipment could ad-versely affect vehicle handling, braking and per-formance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is notonly related to the maximum trailer loads, but alsothe places you plan to tow. Tow weights appro-priate for level highway driving may have to bereduced for low traction situations (for example,on slippery boat ramps).

LTI2105

TOWING A TRAILER


Temperature conditions can also affect towing.For example, towing a heavy trailer in high outsidetemperatures on graded roads can affect engineperformance and cause overheating. The engineprotection mode, which helps reduce the chanceof engine damage, could activate and automati-cally decrease engine power. Vehicle speed maydecrease under high load. Plan your trip carefullyto account for trailer and vehicle load, weatherand road conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced enginepower and vehicle speed. The reducedspeed may be lower than other traffic,which could increase the chance of a col-lision. Be especially careful when driving.If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv-ing speed, pull to the side of the road in asafe area. Allow the engine to cool andreturn to normal operation. For additionalinformation, refer to “If your vehicle over-heats” in the “In case of emergency” sec-tion of this manual.

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures is not covered byNISSAN warranties.

Tongue loadWhen using a weight carrying or a weight distrib-uting hitch, keep the tongue load between 10 -15% of the total trailer load or use the trailertongue load specified by the trailer manufacturer.The tongue load must be within the maximumtongue load limits shown in the following “TowingLoad/Specification” chart. If the tongue load be-comes excessive, rearrange cargo to allow forproper tongue load.

Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW)/maximum Gross Axle Weight(GAW)

The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel. The GVW equals the combined weight ofthe unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. In addition, front or rear GAW mustnot exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label.

WTI0160 LTI2106


Towing capacities are calculated assuming abase vehicle with driver and any options requiredto achieve the rating. Additional passengers,cargo and/or optional equipment, such as thetrailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicle andreduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacityand trailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed toconfirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, FrontGAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be measuredusing platform type scales commonly found attruck stops, highway weigh stations, buildingsupply centers or salvage yards.

To determine the available payload capacity fortongue/king pin load, use the following proce-dure.

1. Locate the GVWR on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all ofthe passengers and cargo that are normallyin the vehicle when towing a trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from theGVWR. The remaining amount is the avail-able maximum tongue/king pin load.

To determine the available towing capacity, usethe following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the�Towing Load/Specification� chart found inthis section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from theGCWR. The remaining amount is the avail-able maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weighyour trailer on a scale with all equipment andcargo, that are normally in the trailer when it istowed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is notmore than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shownon the trailer and is not more than the calculatedavailable maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale tomake sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and RearGross Axle Weight are not more than FrontGross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weighton the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need tobe moved or removed to meet the specified rat-ings.

Example:

● Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighedon a scale - including passengers, cargo andhitch - 6,350 lb. (2,880 kg).

● Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) fromF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -7,250 lb. (3,289 kg).

● Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification� chart -15,100 lb. (6,849 kg).

● Maximum Trailer towing capacity from “Tow-ing Load/Specification� chart - 9,100 lb.(4,128 kg).

7,250 lb. (3,289 kg) GVWR

– 6,350 lb. (2,880 kg) GVW

= 900 lb. (409 kg) Available for tongueweight

15,100 lb. (6,849 kg) GCWR

– 6,350 lb. (2,880 kg) GVW

= 9,123 lb. (4,138 kg) Capacity available fortowing

900 lb. (409 kg) Available tongue weight

/ 8,750 lb. (3,969 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight


The available towing capacity may be less thanthe maximum towing capacity due to the passen-ger and cargo load in the vehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be-tween 10 - 15% of the trailer weight or within thetrailer tongue load specification recommendedby the trailer manufacturer. If the tongue loadbecomes excessive, rearrange the cargo to ob-tain the proper tongue load. Do not exceed themaximum tongue weight specification shown inthe “Towing load/specification” chart even if thecalculated available tongue weight is greaterthan 15%. If the calculated tongue weight is lessthan 10%, reduce the total trailer weight to matchthe available tongue weight.

Always verify that available capacities are withinthe required ratings.

Trailer frontal area

CAUTION

Exceeding the maximum trailer frontalarea specification may exceed the towingcapacity of the vehicle. This may affect thetowing performance and lead to vehicledamage.

The trailer frontal area affects the towing load of atrailer. The frontal area is the total area of thevehicle and trailer that is affected by air resis-tance while towing. Do not exceed the maximumtrailer frontal area specification shown in the�Towing Load/Specification” chart. The frontalarea can be determined by multiplying the widthof the trailer by the height of the trailer. Forexample, a trailer that is 8 feet wide by 6 feet tallhas a trailer frontal area of 48 square feet.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTU.S. and Canada

Maximum Towing Capacity*1 1,500 lb.(680 kg)

Maximum Tongue Load 150 lb.(68 kg)

Maximum Gross CombinedWeight Rating

6,393 lb.(2,900 kg)

*1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuminga base vehicle with driver and any options required toachieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/oroptional equipment will add weight to the vehicle andreduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity.

TOWING SAFETYTrailer hitchYour vehicle may be equipped with an optionaltrailer tow package. The trailer tow package in-cludes a receiver-type frame mounted hitch. Thishitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity ofthis vehicle when the proper towing equipment isused. Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ballthat is rated for the trailer to be towed. GenuineNISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls are availablefrom a NISSAN dealer.

If your vehicle is not equipped with the optionaltrailer tow package, check the towing capacity ofyour bumper hitch or receiver-type framemounted hitch. Choose a proper hitch for yourvehicle and trailer. A Genuine NISSAN trailerhitch is available from a NISSAN dealer. Makesure the trailer hitch is securely attached to thevehicle to help avoid personal injury or propertydamage due to sway caused by crosswinds,rough road surfaces or passing trucks.


WARNING

Trailer hitch components have specificweight ratings. Your vehicle may be ca-pable of towing a trailer heavier than theweight rating of the hitch components.Never exceed the weight rating of thehitch components. Doing so can causeserious personal injury or propertydamage.

Hitch ball

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weightrating for your trailer:

● The required hitch ball size is stamped onmost trailer couplers. Most hitch balls alsohave the size printed on the top of the ball.

● Choose the proper class hitch ball based onthe trailer weight.

● The diameter of the threaded shank of thehitch ball must be matched to the ball mounthole diameter. The hitch ball shank shouldbe no more than 1/16” smaller than the holein the ball mount.

● The threaded shank of the hitch ball must belong enough to be properly secured to theball mount. There should be at least 2threads showing beyond the lock washerand nut.

Ball mount

The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount andthe ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver.Choose a proper class ball mount based on thetrailer weight. Additionally, the ball mount shouldbe chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with theground.

Weight carrying hitchesA weight carrying or “dead weight” ball mount isone that is designed to carry the whole amount oftongue weight and gross weight directly on theball mount and on the receiver.

Weight distribution hitchThis type of hitch is also called a “load-leveling”or“equalizing” hitch. A set of bars attach to the ballmount and to the trailer to distribute the tongueweight (hitch weight) of your trailer. Many ve-hicles can’t carry the full tongue weight of a giventrailer, and need some of the tongue weighttransferred through the frame and pushing downon the front wheels. This gives stability to the towvehicle.

A weight-distributing hitch system (Class IV) isrecommended if you plan to tow trailers with amaximum weight over 5,000 lbs (2,268 kg).Check with the trailer and towing equipmentmanufacturers to determine if they recommendthe use of a weight-distributing hitch system.

NOTE:

A weight-distributing hitch system may af-fect the operation of trailer surge brakes. Ifyou are considering use of a weight-distributing hitch system with a surgebrake-equipped trailer, check with thesurge brake, hitch or trailer manufacturerto determine if and how this can be done.

Follow the instructions provided by the manufac-turer for installing and using the weight-distributing hitch system.

General set-up instructions are as follows:

1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface.With the ignition on and the doors closed,allow the vehicle to stand for several minutesso that it can level.

2. Measure the height of a reference point onthe front and rear bumpers at the center ofthe vehicle.


3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjustthe hitch equalizers so that the front bumperheight is within 0 - .5 inches (0 – 13 mm) ofthe reference height measured in step 2. Therear bumper should be no higher than thereference height measured in step 2.

WARNING

Properly adjust the weight distributinghitch so the rear of the bumper is nohigher than the measured referenceheight when the trailer is attached. If therear bumper is higher than the measuredreference height when loaded, the vehiclemay handle unpredictably which couldcause a loss of vehicle control and causeserious personal injury or propertydamage.

Sway control device

Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts, and buffetingcaused by other vehicles can affect trailer han-dling. Sway control devices may be used to helpcontrol these affects. If you choose to use one,contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to makesure the sway control device will work with thevehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake sys-tem. Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using the swaycontrol device.

Class I hitch

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailersof a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (907 kg).

Tire pressures

● When towing a trailer, inflate the ve-hicle tires to the recommended coldtire pressure indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

● Trailer tire condition, size, load ratingand proper inflation pressure shouldbe in accordance with the trailer andtire manufacturer’s specifications.

Safety chains

Always use suitable safety chains between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chains shouldbe crossed and should be attached to the hitch,not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safetychains can be attached to the bumper if the hitchball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure to leaveenough slack in the chains to permit turningcorners.

Trailer lights

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially available power-type module/converter must be used toprovide power for all trailer lighting. Thisunit uses the vehicle battery as a directpower source for all trailer lights whileusing the vehicle tail light, stoplight andturn signal circuits as a signal source. Themodule/converter must draw no more that15 milliamps from the stop and tail lampcircuits. Using a module/converter thatexceeds these power requirements maydamage the vehicle’s electrical system.See a reputable trailer retailer to obtainthe proper equipment and to have itinstalled.

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/orlocal regulations. For assistance in hooking uptrailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer or reputabletrailer retailer. Vehicles equipped with the optionaltrailer tow package are equipped with a flat 4-pinconnector, an adapter will be needed to connectthe trailer lights to the vehicle. Adapters are avail-able at auto parts stores and hitch retailers.


Pre-towing tips

● Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded and/or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if ithas an abnormal nose-up or nose-downcondition; check for improper tongue load,overload, worn suspension or other possiblecauses of either condition.

● Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

● Keep the cargo load as low as possible inthe trailer to keep the trailer center of gravitylow.

● Load the trailer so approximately 60% of thetrailer load is in the front half and 40% is inthe back half. Also make sure the load isbalanced side to side.

● Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, ve-hicle tire pressure, trailer light operation, andtrailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach atrailer to the vehicle.

● Be certain your rearview mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,install any mirrors required for towing beforedriving the vehicle.

● Determine the overall height of the vehicleand trailer so the required clearance isknown.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding of thevehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning,stopping and backing up in an area which is freefrom traffic. Steering stability and braking perfor-mance will be somewhat different than undernormal driving conditions.

● Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

● Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin orlock to prevent the coupler from inadver-tently becoming unlatched.

● Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

● Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

● Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

● When backing up, hold the bottom of thesteering wheel with one hand. Move yourhand in the direction in which you want thetrailer to go. Make small corrections andback up slowly. If possible, have someoneguide you when you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicle andtrailer when parking. Parking on a slope is notrecommended; however, if you must do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift lever to the P (Park)position before blocking the wheels andapplying the parking brake, transmissiondamage could occur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on the downhillside of the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowlyrelease the brake pedal until the blocks ab-sorb the vehicle load.


5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:

1. Start the vehicle.


3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.


5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer areclear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.

● While going downhill, the weight of thetrailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de-crease overall stability. Therefore, to main-tain adequate control, reduce your speedand shift to a lower gear. Avoid long orrepeated use of the brakes when descend-ing a hill, as this reduces their effectivenessand could cause overheating. Shifting to alower gear instead provides “engine brak-ing” and reduces the need to brake as fre-quently.

● If the engine coolant temperature rises to ahigh temperature, refer to “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “In case of emergency”section of this owner’s manual.

● Trailer towing requires more fuel than normalcircumstances.

● Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’s first500 miles (805 km).

● For the first 500 miles (805 km) that you dotow, do not drive over 50 MPH (80 km/h).

● Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedMaintenance Schedule in the “NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide”.

● When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radiusduring the turn.

● Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-ing vehicle sway. When being passed bylarger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affect ve-hicle handling.

Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal toallow the vehicle to coast and steer asstraight ahead as the road conditions allow.This combination will help stabilize the ve-hicle

– Do not correct trailer sway by steering orapplying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently apply thebrakes and pull to the side of the road in asafe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal-anced as described in this section.

● Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requires con-siderably more distance than normal pass-ing. Remember, the length of the trailer mustalso pass the other vehicle before you cansafely change lanes.

● Downshift the transmission to a lower gearfor engine braking when driving down steepor long hills. This will help slow the vehiclewithout applying the brakes.

● Avoid holding the brake pedal down too longor too frequently. This could cause thebrakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.

● Increase your following distance to allow forgreater stopping distances while towing atrailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

● NISSAN recommends that the cruise con-trol not be used while towing a trailer.

● Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for vehicles thatare towing trailers. Obey the local speedlimits.


● Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness con-nections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after50 miles (80 km) of travel and at every break.

● When launching a boat, don’t allow the wa-ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe orrear bumper.

● Make sure you disconnect the trailer lightsbefore backing the trailer into the water orthe trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, final drive gear oilshould be replaced and transmissionoil/fluid should be changed more fre-quently. For additional information, refer tothe “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion of this manual.

FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEELDRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing a vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle, such as a motorhome.

CAUTION

● Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

● Never flat tow your All-wheel drive(AWD) vehicle.

● DO NOT tow your All-wheel drive (AWD)vehicle with any wheels on the ground.Doing so may cause serious and expen-sive damage to the powertrain.

● For emergency towing procedures referto “Towing recommended by NISSAN”in the “In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT WHEELDRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing a vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle, such as a motorhome.

CAUTION

● Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

● Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

● Never tow your front wheel drive vehiclewith the front tires on the ground. Doingso may cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

● DO NOT tow your front wheel drive con-tinuously variable transmission vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground (flattowing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE inter-nal transmission parts due to lack oftransmission lubrication.

● For emergency towing procedures referto “Towing recommended by NISSAN”in the “In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

Continuously Variable TransmissionTo tow a vehicle equipped with a continuouslyvariable transmission, an appropriate vehicle dollyMUST be placed under the towed vehicle’s drivewheels. Always follow the dolly manufacturer’srecommendations when using their product.


DOT (Department of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicable onthe tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified gov-ernment test course. For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) timesas well on the government course as a tire graded100. The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service practices anddifferences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea-sured under controlled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces of asphalt and con-crete. A tire marked C may have poor tractionperformance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat, and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause the material of thetire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and exces-sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor-mance which all passenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is es-tablished for a tire that is properly inflatedand not overloaded. Excessive speed,under-inflation, or excessive loading, ei-ther separately or in combination, cancause heat build-up and possible tirefailure.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the followingemission warranties:

For USA

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found with othervehicle warranties in your Warranty InformationBooklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle.If you did not receive a Warranty InformationBooklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:

● Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found with othervehicle warranties in your Warranty InformationBooklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle.If you did not receive a Warranty InformationBooklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:

● Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has a de-fect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immedi-ately inform the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) in addi-tion to notifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Ve-hicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); goto http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 400 SeventhStreet, SW., Washington, D.C. 20590.You can also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a de-fect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immedi-ately inform Transport Canada in additionto notifying NISSAN.

If Transport Canada receives complaints,it may open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may request that NISSAN con-duct a recall campaign. However, Trans-port Canada cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, yourdealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Canada’s De-fect Investigations and Recalls Divisiontoll free at 1-800-333-0510. You mayalso report safety defects online at:https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng(English speakers) or

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra(French speakers)

Additional information concerning motorvehicle safety may be obtained from Trans-port Canada’s Road Safety InformationCentre at 1-800-333-0371 or online atwww.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(French speakers).

To notify NISSAN of any safety concernsplease contact our Consumer InformationCentre toll free at 1-800-387-0122.

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with All -Wheel Drive(AWD) should never be tested using a twowheel dynamometer (such as the dyna-mometers used by some states for emis-sions testing), or similar equipment. Makesure you inform the test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment may re-sult in drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states andCanadian Provinces, your vehicle may be re-quired to be in what is called the “ready condi-tion” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ofthe emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when itis driven through certain driving patterns. Usually,the ready condition can be obtained by ordinaryusage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready” condition. Before taking theI/M test, check the vehicle’sinspection/maintenance test readiness condi-tion. Place the ignition switch in the ON positionwithout starting the engine. If the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 sec-onds and then blinks for 10 seconds , the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does not blinkafter 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”. Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the“ready condition” or to prepare the vehicle fortesting.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST


This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re-corder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or near crash-like situa-tions, such as an air bag deployment or hitting aroad obstacle, data that will assist in understand-ing how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDRis designed to record data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a short period oftime, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in thisvehicle is designed to record such data as:

● How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

● Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

● How far (if at all) the driver was depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

● How fast the vehicle was traveling.

● Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better understand-ing of the circumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded byyour vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDR undernormal driving conditions and no personal data(e.g. name, gender, age and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine the EDR data with

the type of personally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equip-ment is required and access to the vehicle or theEDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manu-facturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have the special equip-ment, can read the information if they have ac-cess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will onlybe accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required or per-mitted by law.

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this modelyear and prior can be purchased. A GenuineNISSAN Service Manual is the best source ofservice and repair information for your vehicle.This manual is the same one used by the factory-trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer-ships. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals canalso be purchased.

For USA

For current pricing and availability of GenuineNISSAN Service Manuals, contact:

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of GenuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN Ser-vice Manual or Owner’s Manual, for this modelyear and prior, please contact your nearestNISSAN dealer. For the phone number and loca-tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area, call theNISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assistyou.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR) OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


MEMO


10 IndexA

Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front impact air bagsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-54

Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-11Air bag warning light, supplemental . .1-66, 2-11Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Air conditioner

Air conditioner service . . . . . . . . . . .4-29Air conditioner specification label . . . . .9-12Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26Heater and air conditioner controls . . . .4-27Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . .4-29

Alarm system(See vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . .2-25Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-30Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-8Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . .5-69Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Around View® Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29

AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30Bluetooth® audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-46Bluetooth® streaming audio . . . . . . . .4-46

Compact disc (CD) player . . . . . . . . .4-41FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD)player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30iPod® Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44iPod® player operation. . . . . . . . . . .4-44Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42USB (Universal Serial Bus) ConnectionPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42

Autolight switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31Automatic

Automatic drive positioner . .3-35, 3-36, 3-37Automatic power window switch . . . . .2-47

Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Automatic drive positioner . . . .3-35, 3-36, 3-37

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-73, 8-15Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

Battery replacementKey fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25NISSAN Intelligent Key®. . . . . . . . . .8-26

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Blind Spot Warning (BSW) warningsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Block heater

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-74Bluetooth® audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-46

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System withoutNavigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . .5-69Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Brake light (See stop light). . . . . . . . .8-28Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-68Brake warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8Brake wear indicators . . . . . . . .2-14, 8-21Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . .5-20Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-68Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-62Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . . . .2-7Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28

C

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Cargo (See vehicle loading information) . . .9-13Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47CD player (See audio system) . . . . . . . . .4-41Check tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23

Child restraints . . . . . . .1-23, 1-24, 1-25, 1-27LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27Precautions on childrestraints. . . . . . . . .1-25, 1-32, 1-39, 1-43Top tether strap anchor point locations . .1-30

Child restraint with top tether strap. . . . . . .1-29Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . .7-2, 7-4Clock setting(models without Navigation System) . . . . . .4-39C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . .9-11Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-73Compact disc (CD) player . . . . . . . . . . .4-41Connect phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT). . .5-15

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

ControlsHeater and air conditioner controls. . . . .4-27

CoolantCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . .8-8Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . .8-8Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

D

Daytime running light system (Canada only) . .2-32Defroster switch

Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . . . . .2-33Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Drive positioner, Automatic . . . .3-35, 3-36, 3-37Driving

Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-73Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Precautions when starting anddriving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2, 5-8

Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

E

Economy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-64Emission control information label . . . . . . .9-11Emission control system warranty . . . . . . .9-27Engine

Before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . .5-14Block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-74Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . .8-8Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . .8-12Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . .8-8Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . .8-9

Engine compartment check locations . . . .8-6Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . .9-6Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-8, 2-9Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . .2-5Event data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . .5-2Explanation of maintenance items . . . . . . . .8-2Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Eyeglass case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

F

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . .6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . .8-14

F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . . .9-11Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34

10-2

Front air bag system(See supplemental restraint system) . . . . . .1-54Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-4Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Fuel

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-64Fuel-filler door and cap . . . . . . . . . . .3-27Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . . . .3-27Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . .2-23, 3-27

Fuel Cell Vehicle (FCV) SystemTire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29

Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . .2-51, 2-53, 2-54, 2-54, 2-55Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27Gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43

H

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . .6-2Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . .2-30Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35, 2-36, 2-37Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Heater

Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26Heater and air conditioner controls. . . . .4-27Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28

Heater and air conditioner (automatic) . . . . .4-26Hill start assist system. . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-72HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . .2-51, 2-53, 2-54, 2-54, 2-55Hood release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22Hook

Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34

I

Ignition SwitchPush-Button Ignition Switch . . . . . . . .5-10

Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26, 5-14Important vehicle information label . . . . . . .9-11In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-64Indicator

NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dischargeindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13

Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . .2-33Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . . . . .2-33Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system

Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34Intelligent Key system

Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Remote keyless entry operation. . . . . . .3-12Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17

Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50iPod® Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-17

K

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . . . .8-25Keyless entry

With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system). . . . . . . . .3-12

KeysNISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-7

10-3

L

LabelsAir conditioner specification label . . . . .9-12C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .9-11Emission control information label . . . . .9-11Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . .9-11Tire and Loading Information label . . . . .9-12Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . .9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate. .9-10Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-65

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27License plate

Installing the license plate . . . . . . . . . .9-12Lift gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22Lift gate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26Light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-11Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . . .8-28Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . . .2-7Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8Exterior and Interior lights . . . . . . . . . .8-28Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-30Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-30Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . .2-9Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-23

Passenger air bag and status light . . . . .1-56Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Security indicator light. . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . .2-51Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51

LockChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-7Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . . . .3-27Lift gate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6

Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . . . .2-23, 3-27Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-23Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . . . .2-9Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-23Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44Luggage rack (see roof rack) . . . . . . . . . .2-44Luggage (See vehicle loading information) . .9-13

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . .8-5Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . .1-23Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . . . .8-4

Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-3

Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Memory Seat . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35, 3-36, 3-37Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . .2-33Mirror

Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32Outside mirror control . . . . . . . .3-33, 3-34Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48

N

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-7NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dischargeindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system. . .2-26, 5-14

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating). . . . . .9-5Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Oil

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . .8-12Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . .9-6Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6

One shot call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54, 4-54Outside mirror control . . . . . . . . . .3-33, 3-34

10-4

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . .6-12Owner’s manual order form . . . . . . . . . . .9-29Owner’s manual/service manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29

P

ParkingParking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . .5-67

Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Power

Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-68Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-68Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Precautions

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . .8-5On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6Precautions on boosterseats . . . . . . . . . . .1-25, 1-32, 1-39, 1-43Precautions on childrestraints. . . . . . . . .1-25, 1-32, 1-39, 1-43Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . .1-13Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46

Precautions when starting anddriving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2, 5-8

Pre-tensioner seat belt system . . . . . . . . .1-64Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . .4-50FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD)player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38

Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2, 4-7Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Rear window wiper and washer switches . . .2-29Recorders

Event data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Registering your vehicle in another country . .9-10Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19, 5-15Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . .9-27Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44

S

SafetyChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-7Child seat belts . . . . .1-25, 1-32, 1-39, 1-43Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . .9-27

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-3Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . .1-4

Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40Seat belt

Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23Infants and small children . . . . . . . . . .1-24Injured Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . .1-13Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16Pre-tensioner seat belt system . . . . . . .1-64Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . .1-23Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13, 7-5Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-22Three-point type with retractor . . . . . . .1-16

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . .1-16, 2-11Seats

Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Automatic drive positioner. . .3-35, 3-36, 3-37Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Heated seats . . . . . . . . . .2-35, 2-36, 2-37Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . .1-3Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6

Security indicator light. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Security system (NISSAN vehicle immobilizersystem), engine start . . . . . . . . . . .2-26, 5-14Security systems

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-25Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Service manual order form . . . . . . . . . . .9-29Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29

10-5

Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . . . .1-22Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . . . .2-51SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65Stability control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-70Starting

Before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . .5-14Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-17Precautions when starting anddriving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2, 5-8Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Steering

Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-68

Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40Sunglasses case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Sunroof (see Moonroof) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . .1-65Supplemental air bag warning light . . .1-66, 2-11Supplemental front impact air bag system . . .1-54Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels . . . . . . .1-65Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46

Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . . . .1-46

SwitchAutolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31Automatic power window switch . . . . . .2-47Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . .6-2Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-30Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-30Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . .2-33Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Rear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29Steering wheel switch for audiocontrol/Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) offswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-27

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Theft (NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system),engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26, 5-14Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 8-39Tire and Loading Information label . . . . .9-12Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29

Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-37Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . .9-26Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . .2-9

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . .5-3Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . . . .1-29Towing

Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25Towing load/specification . . . . . . . . . .9-20Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17Transceiver

HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . .2-51, 2-53, 2-54, 2-54, 2-55

TransmissionContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

Travel (See registering your vehicle in anothercountry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33

U

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . .9-26USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42

Audio file operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43

10-6

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . .9-9Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . .2-38Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system. . . . .5-70Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . .5-70Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . .9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate. . . .9-10Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . .2-26, 5-14Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . .9-13Vehicle recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15, 6-16Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25Vehicle security system (NISSAN vehicle immobi-lizer system), engine start . . . . . . . .2-26, 5-14Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31Voice Prompt Interrupt. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54

W

WarningAir bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-11Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . .2-7, 2-8Battery charge warning light . . . . . . . . .2-8Blind Spot Warning (BSW) warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-8, 2-9Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . .6-2Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . .2-23, 3-27

Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-23Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . .2-9Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-23Passenger air bag and status light . . . . .1-56Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . .1-16, 2-11Supplemental air bag warning light .1-66, 2-11Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-25Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-65

Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-27

Weights (See dimensions and weights) . . . . .9-9Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9When traveling or registering your vehiclein another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45

Locking passengers’ windows . . . . . . .2-46Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47

Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Wiper

Rear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-27

Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27

10-7

RECOMMENDED FUEL

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-ber (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION

● Only vehicles with the E-85 filler doorlabel can operate on E-85. Fuel systemor other damage can occur if E-85 isused in vehicles that are not designedto run on E-85.

● Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affect thewarranty coverage.

● Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

● Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 orE-85 fuel in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for E-15 or E-85 fuel can ad-versely affect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle. Dam-age caused by such fuel is not coveredby the NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

● U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION• Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent

• Engine oil with API Certification Mark

• Viscosity SAE 0W-20

For additional information, refer to “Engine oil andoil filter recommendations” in the “Technical andconsumer information” section of this manual.

COLD TIRE PRESSURE:Refer to the Tire and loading information label.

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver’s door. For additionalinformation, refer to “Wheels and tires” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:During the first 1,200 mi (2,000 km) of vehicleuse, follow the break-in procedure recommenda-tions for the future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle. For additional information, refer to“Break-in schedule” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual. Follow these recommen-dations for the future reliability and economy ofyour new vehicle. Failure to follow these recom-mendations may result in vehicle damage orshortened engine life.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

®

2015 MURANOOWNER’S MANUAL

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

2015 N

ISS

AN

MU

RA

NO

Z5

2-D

Z52-D

Printing : April 2015 (03)

Publication No.: OM0E 0L32U2

Printed in U.S.A.

TOOUM-1SX6D

OM15EA 0Z52U2

2015 Nissan Murano | Owner's Manual

Documents